EPA
         United States
         Environmental Protection
         Agency
           Environmental Monitoring and
           Support Laboratory
           Cincinnati OH 45268
EPA/600/4-86/002
January 1986
          Research and Development
Manual for
Identification of
Marine Invertebrates:

 A Guide to Some
Common  Estuarine
Macro!nvertebrates of the
Big Bend  Region,
Tampa Bay, Florida

-------

-------
                                               EPA/600/4-86/002
                                               January 1986
 MANUAL FOR IDENTIFICATION OF MARINE INVERTEBRATES

A Guide to Some Common Estuarine Macroinvertebrates
    of the Big Bend Region, Tampa Bay, Florida
                  James K. Culter
           Conservation Consultants, Inc.
                 Post Office Box 35
              Palmetto, Florida  33561
              Contract No. CA-8-3159-A
   ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING AND SUPPORT LABORATORY
         OFFICE OF RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
        U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
               CINCINNATI, OHIO  45268

-------
                                 DISCLAIMER

    The information in this document has been funded wholly or in part by
the United States Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA) under Contract
No. C2328NAST with the author.  It has been subject to the Agency's peer
and administrative review, and it has been approved for publication as an
USEPA document.  The mention of trade names or commercial products does
not constitute endorsement or recommendation for use.
                                     11

-------
                                  FOREWORD

     Environmental measurements are required to determine the quality of
ambient water, the character of effluents,  and the effects of pollutants
on aquatic life.  The Environmental Monitoring and Support Laboratory -
Cincinnati conducts research to develop, evaluate, and promulgate methods
to:
     .  Measure the presence and concentration of physical, chemical, and
        radiological pollutants in water, wastewater, bottom sediments,
        and solid waste.
     .  Concentrate, recover, and identify enteric viruses, bacteria, and
        other microorganisms in water.
     .  Measure the effects of pollution on freshwater, estuarine, and
        marine organisms, including the phytoplankton, zooplankton,
        periphyton, macrophyton, macroinvertebrates, and fish.
     .  Automate the measurement of physical, chemical, and biological
        quality of water.
     .  Conduct an Agency-wide quality assurance program to assure
        standardization and quality control of systems for monitoring
        water and wastewater.

     The effectiveness of measures taken to maintain and restore the
biological integrity of the Nation's surface waters is dependent upon our
knowledge of the changes in the taxonomic composition of aquatic life
caused by discharges of toxic substances and other pollutants, and upon
the level of our understanding of the complex relationships that prevail
in aquatic ecosystems.  Estuarine invertebrates are important components
of the benthic fauna.  The varied response of individual species to
different kinds of pollution and toxic substances also makes them very
useful as water quality indicator organisms.  This guide, which contains
photographs and descriptions for 233 taxa,  was developed to serve as a
companion to the (1973) USEPA Biological Field and Laboratory Methods
Manual, to assist aquatic biologists in analyzing samples collected from
communities of estuarine macroinvertebrates.
                             Robert L. Booth
                             Director
                             Environmental Monitoring and Support
                             Laboratory - Cincinnati
                                   111

-------
                                  ABSTRACT

    In this guide, fourteen of the most commonly encountered marine
animal phyla are represented by 233 taxa (196 species).  Many of the
species have wide distribution, including large regions of the Gulf of
Mexico as well as portions of the southeast Atlantic coast.  The guide
presents the following:  a list of taxa, photographs and descriptions for
identifying each species, techniques of collection, preservation, and
storage, a glossary, and bibliographies with references cited in the text
and other publications which provide additional information on taxonomy
and ecology.

-------
                                  CONTENTS

Foreword		iii

Abstract	   iv

Acknowledgments 	 	    x

  1.  Introduction  	 .....    1

  2.  Geographic Region Covered 	 	 .    2

  3.  Methods	    4

        Collection of Samples 	    4
      -  Sample Processing and Preservation  	    4
        Methods for Photographs 	    4
        Taxonomic Considerations  	    5

  4.  List of Taxa	    6

  5.  Phylum Mollusca	   11

        Definitions	.	   11
        Descriptions	 .   12
          Class Gastropoda  	 ......... 	   14
          Subclass Prosobranchia  	 ....   14
          Order Mesogastropoda	 .   14
          Order Pyramidelloida	   22
          Subclass Opisthobranchia	 .   24
          Order Cephalaspidea	   24
          Order Nudibranchia	   24
          Subclass Pulmonata  	 	   24
          Order Basommatophora	   24
        Definition	   26
        Descriptions	   26
          Class Bivalvia		   26
          Subclass Prionodesmata  .	   27
          Order Protobranchia	   27
          Subclass Pteriomorphia	   27
          Order Arcoida	   27
          Order Mytiloida	   27
          Order Pterioida .	   29
          Order Veneroida	   29

-------
        Order Myoida	39
        Order Eudesmondontida	',  41

6.  Phylum Annelida	  43

       Definitions	43
         Class Polychaeta	  43
         Order Phyllodocida	44
         Order Spionida	46
         Order Orbiniida 	 .....  47
         Order Capitellida 	 ......  47
         Order Terebellida	  47
         Class Oligochaeta	  47
         Order Haplotaxida	  48
       Descriptions	  49
         Class Polychaeta	  49
         Order Phylodocida	  49
         Order Spionida	 .  59
         Order Orbiniida	  63
         Order Capitellida	  65
         Order Terebellida 	  .........  65
         Class Oligochaeta.	  65
         Order Haplotaxida.  ..... 	  .........   65

7.  Phylum Arthropoda	67

       Definitions 	  .	   67
         Class Crustacea	   67
         Subclass Cephalocarida  	  .......   68
         Order Remitedia ....  	  .......   68
         Subclass Ostracoda  	  .......   68
         Order Podocopida	   68
         Order Myodocopina ...  	  ......   68
         Subclass Cirripedia  .	   69
         Order Thoracica	   69
         Subclass Malacostraca  	  	   69
         Order N,ebaliacea  .	   70
         Order Stomatopoda 	  .......   70
         Order Mysidacea	   70
         Order Cumacea	   71
         Order Tanaidacea	   71
         Order Isopoda   	72
         Order Amphipoda 	  .......   73
         Order Decapoda	   77
       Descriptions   	  .  	  .......   81
         Class Crustacea .....  	  .....   81
         Subclass Cephalocarida  	  .....   81
         Order Remitedia .....  	  .....   81
         Subclass Ostracoda  ...  	  ......   81
         Order Podocopida  ........  	  ....   81
         Order Myodocopina	81
                                 vi

-------
         Subclass Cirripedia 	   83
         Order Thoracica	   83
         Subclass Malacostraca	   83
         Order Nebaliacea	   83
         Order Stomatopoda	.  .   83
         Order Mysidacea	   83
         Order Cumacea	   85
         Order Tanaidacea	  *	   87
         Order Isopoda	  .   87
         Order Amphipoda	   91
         Order Decopoda	101
       Definition	113
       Description	113
         Class Pycnogonida (Pantopoda)  .  	   113
       Definition	113
       Description	113
         Class Merostomata	114
         Subclass Xiphosura  	   114
         Order Xiphosurida	114

8.  Phylum Echniodermata	115

       Definitions	115
         Class Asteroidea	115
         Order Paxillosida	115
         Order Platyasterida	115
         Order Spinulosida	115
         Class Echinoidea	116
         Order Arbacioida	   116
         Order Temnopleurida	116
         Order Clypeasteroida  	  .....   116
         Class Ophiuroidea	116
         Order Ophiurida	116
       Descriptions  	   117
         Class Asteroidea  .......  	   117
         Order Paxillosida	117
         Order Platyasterida	119
         Order Spinulosida	119
         Class Echinoidea	119
         Order Arbacioida	119
         Order Temnopleurida	119
         Order Clypeasteroida	   121
         Class Ophiuroidea	121
         Order Ophiurida	121

9.  Miscellaneous Phyla	129

       Definitions .  .	  .   129
         Phylum Porifera	129
         Class Demospongiae	129
         Order Hadromerida	129
                                 vii

-------
  Phylum Coelenterata (Cnidarta)	   130
  Class Hydrozoa	130
  Order Athecata	   130
  Order Thecata ..... 	  .....   130
  Class Anthozoa  	 .............   130
  Order Actiniaria  	  .......   130
  Order Ceriantharia	   130
  Phylum Platyhelminthes	;.  .  .  .   131
  Class Turbellaria	131
  Order Polycladida 	  .......   131
  Phylum Rhynchocoela (Nemertea)	   131
  Phylum Nematoda .....  	  .......   132
  Phylum Phoronida  ....  	  .......   132
  Phylum Brachiopoda  	  .....   132
  Class Inarticulata  ...  	  .....   132
  Order Lingulida .....  	  .....   132
  Phylum Sipuncula	   133
  Phylum Hemichordata 	  .....   133
  Class Enteropneusta ...  	  .....   133
  Phylum Chordata	   133
  Class Ascidiacea	„  .  .  .  .   134
  Order Pleurogona  	  .....   134
Descriptions	   135
  Phylum Porifera	   135
  Class Demospongiae.	   135
  Order Hadromerida	   135
  Phylum Coelenterata (Cnidaria).  •.	   135
  Class Hydrozoa	....."  135
  Order Anthozoa	   135
  Order Athecata	   135
  Order Thecata	  ........   135
  Class Anthozoa	   135
  Order Actiniaria  .	   137
  Order Ceriantharia	   137
  Phylum Platyhelminthes	137
  Class Turbellaria	   137
  Order Polycladida 	  .....   137
  Phylum Rhynchocoela  (Nemertea).  .	   137
  Phylum Nematoda 	  .......   139
  Phylum Phoronida  	  .......   139
  Phylum Brachiopoda  	  ......   139
  Class Inarticulata	139
  Order Lingulida	139
  Phylum Sipuncula	   139
  Phylum Hemichordata  	  ....   141
  Class Enteropneusta	   141
  Phylum Chordata	   141
  Class Ascidiacea  .	141
  Order Pleurogona	   141
                         viii

-------
  10. Glossary  	
References Cited  ....
Selected Bibliography . .
Index to Scientific Names
143
167
169
187
                                     ix

-------
                              ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

    The author gratefully acknowledges the U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency and Tampa Electric Company, Tampa, Florida for providing the
funding for this project.  I would also like to thank the following
persons for their assistance during the preparation of this manual:  Dr.
S. Mahadevan (Mote Marine Laboratory, Sarasota, Florida), for initial
concept development, format suggestions and continued encouragement; Dr.
J. L. Simon (University of South Florida), for access to his marine
invertebrate collection; Mr. R. Yarbrough (Mote Marine Laboratory), for
technical assistance with several of the photos; Mote Marine Laboratory,
for use of darkroom facilities; Ms. E. James (Conservation Consultants,
Inc.), for her patient typing and retyping of manuscript drafts; and Dr.
A. F. Clewell for assistance with final manuscript preparation.

-------
                                 SECTION 1

                                INTRODUCTION

    This guide is intended to be used as an identification aid for
biologists with a limited knowledge of invertebrate taxonomy as well as
those with more extensive training.

    Most of the macroinvertebrates in this document were collected from
soft bottom during a thermal environmental impact study of the Big Bend
Region of Tampa Bay, Florida, from January, 1976 to April, 1977.  Taxa
included are limited to specimens that were considered common and only
those in good working condition after processing.

    Fourteen of the most commonly encountered marine invertebrate phyla
are represented by 233 taxa (196 species).  Many of the taxa presented
have wide distribution that include large regions of the Gulf of Mexico
as well as portions of the southeast Atlantic coast.

    In addition to species descriptions, this guide contains sections
discussing the geographic region covered, techniques of collection,
preservation and storage, and taxonomic considerations.  An extensive
glossary defines the terms used in the text and also includes terms
frequently used in taxonomic literature which are likely to be
encountered.  The bibliography, while not exhaustive, contains many
important references for the less experienced investigators who require
more in-depth reading.

    Condensed taxonomic descriptions presented in the order of relative
abundance of species in the samples provide the necessary information to
identify a species, while the photographs provide a realistic image of
the animal.  Such a holistic approach is valuable in obtaining a rapid
preliminary identification, with the description providing a more
reliable basis for species determination.

-------
                                  SECTION  2

                          GEOGRAPHIC  REGION  COVERED

     The  Big  Bend  Region  of  the  lower Hillsborough Bay  is  part of the
 Tampa  Bay  estuarine  system  (Figure 1).  This  large  estuarine system is
 centrally  located on the Florida  West Coast.   The climate of the area is
 subtropical, with bay waters  supporting a unique blend  of highly diverse
 marine life.  The biota  is  composed  of both temperate  and tropical
 organisms.

     The  Tampa Bay bottom is a soft substrate  consisting primarily of
 medium-grained quartz sands with  some shell material (carbonate) and
 organic  detritus  (Goodell and Gorsline, 1960).  A layer of fine silt-clay
 material of  varying  thickness covers  the  bottom of  the deeper portions of
 the  Bay  as well as the shipping channels.  The thickness  of this silt-
 clay layer is greatest in Hillsborough Bay and somewhat less in other
 areas.

     Large expanses of shallow, flat,  sandy bottom often support rich
 seagrass communities.  The  abundant  nutrients  and detrital material offer
 an almost unlimited  supply of food which  supports a variety of species
 often  at very high densities  (Simon,  1974).   There  is a lack of hard
 substrate communities, the only natural substrate being mangrove roots
 and  oyster beds.  Man-made substrates, such as seawalls,  bridge pilings
 and  rock jetties, also provide habitat for aufwuch communities which may
 have a faunal composition quite different from the surrounding sediments
 (Mahadevan and Culter, 1977).  The organisms  described in this manual are
 primarily from the natural-soft substrate communities.  In terms of
 invertebrate types,  polychaetes dominate  all  habitat types, with
 crustaceans  (amphipods,  cumaceans and isopods) the next most abundant,
 followed by molluscs, cephalochordates and echinoderms, with other
 invertebrate phyla usually present in minor numbers (Corps of Engineers,
 1974).

    The land surrounding Tampa Bay has been extensively developed.  Tampa
 is the chief port and industrial center of the Florida West Coast.  There
 have been many studies addressing the effect of man's perturbations.  The
 first listing of  invertebrates was provided by Hutton et  al. (1956).
 Numerous other studies have since been conducted.  A synopsis of the
 knowledge of the Tampa Bay system, with an extensive bibliography, was
compiled by Simon (1974).

-------
                                                    U TAMPA   .£%.
                                                    1;.      3i&*a^?i&$
Figure 1:   Map of the Tampa  Bay
           System.
Most of the specimens were collected
from the Big Bend area of lower
Hillsborough Bay-

-------
                                  SECTION  3

                                  METHODS
 Collection  of  Samples
    Most  of  the macroinvertebrate represented  in this guide were
 collected with a  petite  PONAR  grab,  a  10-foot  otter trawl or various
 types  of  diver operated  corers  in the  mesohaline region of a Florida west
 coast  estuary.

 Sample Processing and  Preservation

    When  collected, the  samples were emptied into five gallon plastic
 buckets to which  a concentrated solution of magnesium chloride or
 magnesium sulfate (epsom salts) was  added to give approximately a 5%
 solution.  The magnesium salts  act as  a relaxant which reduces
 fragmentation of  animals upon  sieving  and preservation.  The samples were
 gently sieved (0.5mm mesh openings)  in the same water from which the
 samples were collected.  The material  retained on the sieve was then
 placed in a plastic jar  and fixed with a 10% solution of buffered
 formalin  in seawater to  which Rose Bengal stain had been added to
 facilitate sorting.

    Samples remained in  10% formalin for at last 48 hours to insure
 proper fixing.  After fixation, samples were gently rinsed with tap
 water, floating the lighter animals out of the sediments onto a sieve.
 This was  then sorted for animals under a dissecting scope.  The remaining
 heavy  fraction was placed in a white enamal pan and sorted for animals.
 In cases  where large amounts of coarse sediments were encountered, the
 heavy  fraction was further divided by washing through a. 2.0-mm sieve.
 The two resultant fractions ,(<2.0 mm and>2.0 mm), were then sorted in an
 enamel pan.  This  second separation enhances the ease and efficiency of
 sorting by separating the sample into fractions consisting of nearly
 uniform particle  sizes,  against which animals are more readily spotted.

    Specimens separated  from samples were stored in 70% isopropyl
 alcohol.  For long term  storage or museum types, 70% isopropyl alcohol
 containing 4% glycerol was used.

Methods for Photographs

    The photographs for  this guide were taken by one of several methods.
A 35-mm single lens reflex camera with a normal or macro lens was used
for specimens of  suitably large size.  For smaller specimens, an Olympus

-------
trinocular dissecting scope equipped with a Nikon Microflex system was
used.  Kodak Pan X (ASA 32) or Plus X (ASA 125). was exposed normally
using electronic flash and/or a bare clear glass high intensity light
bulb.  The photographic background was either black or white, depending
on the color, transparency and contrast exhibited by the specimen.

Taxonomic Considerations

    This guide was not intended to include an exhaustive discussion of
the systematics and taxonomy of the groups which are covered.  Such an
endeavor would encompass many volumes and defeat the very purpose of this
manual.  Nevertheless, an effort has been made to utilize the most recent
classification schemes for the various groups (Barnes, 1974; Fauchald,
1977; Gosner, 1971; and Moore, 1956).

    A more detailed systematic breakdown is provided for those groups
that are most frequently encountered.  In these cases, definitions for
families are also given which may be useful in separating groups such as
polychaetes, amphipods, and isopods which may all look alike to readers
without extensive invertebrate experience.  In cases where the groups are
less complex, it was felt that including definitions for many systematic
levels would not serve any useful purpose and could possibly be
confusing.  During benthic studies individuals are collected in all
stages of growth, and juvenile specimens do not always exhibit all the
characteristics needed to identify a species.

    It is desirable and sometimes necessary to have taxonomic experts
verify identifications.  Some taxonomist experts request a fee, while
others will examine specimens at no charge, provided large numbers of
specimens are not involved.  However, requests for assistance should
always be made in advance of sending specimens.

    Identification of invertebrates requires a large, diverse
terminology.  In order to avoid confusion, the simplest possible
terminology was used for descriptions.  This, in conjunction with the
various illustrations and glossary, should enable the reader to fully
comprehend descriptions in the text.

-------
                                 SECTION  4
                               LIST OF TAXA
Phylum Forifera
  Class Demospongiae
    Order Hadromerida
        Family Clionidae
          Cliona celata

Phylum Coelenterata (Cnidaria)
  Class Hydrozoa
    Order Athecata
        Family Clavidae
          Unidentified species
        Family Eudendriidae
          Unidentified species
    Order Thecata
        Family Campunularidae
          Unidentified species
        Family Campanulinidae
          Unidentified species
  Class Anthozoa
    Order Actiniaria
      Tribe Athenaria
        Family Edwardsiidae
          Edwardsia species
      Tribe Thenana
        Family Actinostolidae
          Paranthus species
    Order Ceriantharia
          Cerianthus species

Phylum Platyhelminthes
  Class Turbellaria
    Order Polycladida
        Family Stylochidae
          Stylochus species
        Family Leptoplanidae
          EupIana gracilis

Phylum Rhynchocoela (Nemertea)
          Unidentified species

Phylum Nematoda
          Unidentified species
Phylum Phoronida
          Phoronis
architecta
Phylum Brachiopoda
  Class Inarticulata
    Order Lingulida
        Family Lingulidae
          Glottidia pyramidata

Phylum Mollusca
  Class Gastropoda
    Subclass Prosobranchia
      Order Mesogastropoda
          Family Littorinidae
            Littorina irrorata
          Family Vitrinellidae
            Vitrinella helicoidea
            Circulus suppressus
            Clyclostremiscus
              pentagonus
            Teinostoma Terema
          Family Caecidae
            Caecum imbricatum
            Caecum johnsoni
            Caecum nitTdum
            Caecum pulchellum
          Family PotamTdidae
            Cerithidea scalariformis
          Family. Epitoriiidae
            Epitonium angulatum
            Epitonoim rupjcola
          Family MelanelIidae
            Melanella species
            Strombiformes hemphilli
          Family Crepid'ulidae
            Crepidula fornicata
            Crepidula m'aculosa
            Crepidula pi ana
          Family Naticidae
            Polinices duplicatus
            Sinum perspectivum
            Natica pusilla

-------
         Family Muricidae
           Eupleura sulcidentata
         Family Columbellidae
           Anachis  obesa
           Anachis  semiplicata
           Mitrella lunata
         Family Buccinidae
           Pisania  tincta
         Family Melongenidae
           Melongena corona
             johnstonei
         Family Nassariidae
           Nassarius vibex
         Family Olividae
           Oliva sayana
           Oivella  perplexa
         Family Marginellidae
           Marginalia apicina
  Order  Pyramidalloida
         Family Pyramidellidae
           Odostomia impressa
          Jurbonilla conradi
  Subclass Opisthobranchia
    Order  Cephalaspidea
         Family Acteonidae
          Acteon punctostriatus
         Family"Acteocinidae
          Acteocina canaliculata
         Family Haminoeidae
          Haminoea  succinea
          Haminoea antillarum
    Order Nudibranchia
        Family Dotodae
          Unidentified species
  Subclass Pulmonata
    Order Basommatophora
        Family Melampidae
          Melampus  coffeus
Class Bivalvia
  Subclass Prionodesmata
    Order Protobranchi a
        Family Nudulidae
          Nucula crenulata
  Subclass Pteriomorphia
    Order Arcoida
        Family Arcidae
          Anadara transversa
        Family Glycymerididae
          Glycymeris pectinata
    Order Mytiloida
        Family Mytilidae
          Branchidontes exustus
       Musculus  lateral is
       ffmygdalum papyrium
     F amily Pinnidae
       Atrina rigida
 Order Pterioida
     Family Ostreidae
       Crassostrea  virginica
 Order Veneroida
     Family Lucinidae
       Parvilucina  multilineata
       Lucina nassula
     Family Cyrenoididae
       Cyrenoida floridana
     Family Leptonidae
       Mysella planulata
     Family Crassatellidae
       Crassinella  lunulata
     Family Cardiidae
       Laevicardium mortoni
       Dinocardium  robustum
            vanhyningi
     Family Mactrodae
       Mactra  fragilis
       Mulinia~lateralis
     Family Solenidae
       Ensis minor
     Family Tellinidae
       Tellina lineata
       Tellina versicolpr
       Macoma  tenta
     Family Semelidae
       Semele  purpurascens
      Abra aequalis
     Family Solecurtidae
      Tagelus divisus
      Tagelus plebius
    Family Dreissenidae
      Mytilopsis leucophaeata
    F amily Veneridae
      Mercenary a campechiensis
      Macrocal TTsta nimbosa
      Cyclinella tenuis
      ^osinia discus
      Parastarte triquetra
Order Myoida
    Family Myidae
      Sphenia antillensis
    Family Corbulidae
      Corbula contracta
      Corbula swiftiana
    Family Pholadidae
      Cyrtbpleura costata

-------
      Order Eudesmodontida
          Family Lyonsiidae
            Lyonsia hyalina floridana
          Family Periplomatidae
            Periploma margaritaceum

Phylum Annelida
  Class Polychaeta
      Order Phyllodocida
          Family Polynoidae
            Harmothoe species
          Family Sigalionidae
            Stenelais boa
          Family Chrysopetalidae
            Paleanotus heteroseta
          Family Phyllodocidae
            Eteone heteropoda
            Eulalia species
            Eumida sanguinea
            Phyllodoce arenae
            Phyllodoce fragilis
          Family Hesionidae
            Gyptis vittata
            Parahesione luteola
          Family Pilargiidae
            Ancistrosyllis jonesi
            Sigambra bassi
            Sigambra tentaculata
          Family Syllidae
            Autolytus species
            Exogone species
            Typosyllis species
          Family Nereidae
            Laeonereis culveri
            Nereis succinea
            Neanthes acuminata
            Nereis arenaceodonta
          Family Nephtyidae
            Nephtys magellanica
            Aglaophamus verrilli
          Family Glyceridae
            Glycera americana
            Glycera dibranchiata
          Family Goniadidae
            Glycinde solitaria
      Order Spionida
          Family Eunicidae
            Eunice species
            Marphysa sanguinea
          Family Onuphidae
            Diopatra cuprea
            Onuphis eremita oculata
          Family Lumbrineridae
            Lumbrineris  Species
          F amily Spionidae
            Polydora.ligrn
            Polydora  socTalis
            Paraprionospip pinnata
            Prionospio heterobranchia
            Spio  pettiboneae
          Family  Chaetopteridae
      bpl o
     imily
      Chaetopterus  variopedatus
      Spiochaetopt'erus  costarum
                  oculatus^
      Order Orbiniida
          Family Orbiniidae
            Scoloplos foliosus
            Scoloplos ru'bra
      Order Capitellida
          Family Opheliidae
            Travisia hobsonae
      Order Terebellida
          Family Terebellidae
            Pista cristata
  Class Oligoch
        laeta
Order Haplotaxida
    Family Tubificidae
      Aktedrilus
        monospermathecus
      Limnodriloi^ies
        winckelmemnj;
      Limnodriloides species
      TubificoTdes c.f.
        wasselli
            Tubificoides species

Phylum Sipuncula
          Family Golfingiidae
            Phascolion strombi

Phylum Arthropoda
  Class Pycnogonida (Paritopoda)
          Family Phoxichilidiidae
            Anaplodactylus pygmaeus
  Class Merostomata
    Subclass Xiphosura
      Order Xiphosurida
          Family Limuliclae
            Lumulus polyphemus
  Class Crustacea
    Subclass Cephalocarida
            Hutchinsoniell a
              macracanfFia
      Order Remitedia
                                     8

-------
     '-'  Lightiella fioridana
Subclass Ostracoda
  Order Podocopida
      Family Cytherideidae
        Haplocytherida
          setipunctata
  Order Myodocopina
      Family Cylindroleberididae
        Parasterope poll ex
      Family Sarsiellidae
        Sarsiella zostericola
Subclass Cirripedia
  Order Thoracica
    Suborder Balanomorpha
      Family Balanidae
        Balanus amphitrite
Subclass Malacostraca
  Order Nebaliacea
        Nebalia species
  Order Stomatopoda
      Family Squillidae
        Squill a empusa
  Order Mysidacea
    Suborder Mysida
      Family Mysidae
        Bowmaniella dissimilis
        Mys i dopsfs~al myr a
        Mysidopsis bigelowi
  Order Cumacea
      Family Bodotriidae
        Cyclaspis varians
      Family Leuconidae
        Leucon  acutirostris
      Family Nannastacidae
        Cumella garriti
      Family Diastylidae
        Oxyurostylis smithi
  Order Tanaidacea
      Unidentified species
  Order Isopoda
    Suborder Anthuridea
      Family Anthuridae
        Apanthura magnifica
        Cyathura polita
        Xenanthtrra brevitelson
    Suborder Valvifera
      Family Idoteidae
        Aegathoa oculata
        Edotea  montosa
        Erichsonella filiformis
             isabelensis
      Family Sphaeromidae
      Cymodoce faxoni
      Dynamenella dianae
      Sphaeroma quadridentatum
  Suborder Asellota
    Family Munnidae
      Munna species
Order Amphipoda
  Suborder Gammaridea
    Family Gammaridae
      Gammarus mucronatus
      Elasmopus levis
    Family Melitidae
      Melita nitida
      Melita species
    Family Liljeborgiidae
      Listriella c.f. barnardi
    Family Bateidae
      Batea catharinensis
    Fami
     y Stenothoidae
  Stenothoe c.f. minuta
  Parametopella cypris
Family Leucothoidae
  Leucothoe species
Family Oedicerotidae
  Monoculodes edwardsi
      Monoculodes
              nyei
             'iidae
    Family Haustoriidae
      Acanthohaustorius
                    species
    Family Argissidae
      Argissa species
    Family Phoxocephalidae
      Paraphoxus  c.f. spinosus
      Trichophoxus floridanus
    Family Atylidae
      Nototropus  sp.
    Family Ampeliscidae
      Ampelisca abdita
      Ampelisca" holmesii
    F amily Lysianass i dae
      Lysianopsis alba
    Family Aoridae
      Grandidierella
        bonnieroides
      Lembos  smithi
      Microdeutopus
      Rudilemboides
                species
                naglei
    Family Amphithoidae
      Cymadusa  c.f.  compta
    Family Amphilochidae
      Gitanopsis  species
    Family Corophiidae
      Cerapus species

-------
             Corophium c.f.
               acherusicum
             Corophium c.f.  lacustre
             Corophium c.f.  louisianum
             Ericthonius c.f.
               brasiliensis
           Family Podoceridae
             Podocerus species
       Order Decapoda
         Suborder Natantia
           Family Penaeidae
             Trachypeneus constrictus
           Family Sergestidae
             Lucifer  faxoni
           Family Palaemonidae
             Periclimines ameracanus
           Family Alpheidae
             Automate species
             Alpheus  normani
             Alpheus  species
             Leptalpheus  forceps
           Family Ogyrididae
             Ogyrides  limicola
           Family Hippolytidae
             Latreutes parvulus
           Family Processidae
             Ambidexter symmetricus
             Hippolyte zostericola
        Suborder  Reptantia
           Family  Callianassidae
             Callianassa  atlantica
           Family  Porcellanidae
             Petrolisthes galathinus
             Euceramus praelongus
           Family  Paguridae
             Unidentified species
           Family Albuneidae
             Lepidopa websteri
           Family Leucosiidae
             Persephona punctata
                aquilonaris
          Family Xanthidae
            Menippe mercenaria
            Neopanope texana texana
            Panopeus herbstii
          Family Pinnotheridae
            Pinnixa chaetopterana
            Pi'nnixa retinens
            Pinnixa j>ayana

Phylum Echinodermata
  Class Asteroidea
       Order Paxillosida
          Family Asteropectinidae
            Astropecten articulatus
       Order Platyasterid'a
          Family Luidiidae
            Luidia clathrata
       Order Spinulosida
          Family Echinasteridae
            Echinaster species
  Class Echinoidea
       Order Arbacioida
          Family Arbaciidae
            Arbacia punctulata
       Order Temnopleurida
          Family Toxopneustidae
            Lytechinus yariegatus
       Order Clypeasteroida
          Family Mellitidae
            Mellita
              quinquiesperforata
  Class Ophiuroidea
       Order Ophiurida
          Family Amphiuridae
            Amphioplus abditus
            Amphioplus 'thrombodes
            Amphipholis squamata
            Micropholis
            Micro
pholis
atra
'gracillima
            Hemi pholis e'I on gat a
            Ophiophragmurs  filograneus
            Ophiophragmus  wurdemanf

Phylum Hemichordata
  Class Enteropneusta
          Family Harrimam'idae
            Stereobalanus  canadensis

Phylum Chordata
 Subphylum Urochordata
  Class Ascidiacea
      Order Pleurogona
          Family Molgulidae
            Bostrichobranchus
              pilularTs"
            Molgula occidentalis
                                    10

-------
                                  SECTION 5

                               PHYLUM MOLLUSCA

Definition:  Molluscs are highly modified coelomates with a soft body
             consisting of three principal parts; the mantle, a fold of
             the body wall which secretes a calcareous shell in most
             species and encloses; the visceral mass which contains the
             digestive, and other organ  systems; and the foot, a muscular
             organ of locomotion.  A pharynx  is present and in some
             classes is provided with a  toothed band, the radula.

This phylum is one of the largest groups, second only to the Arthropoda in
number of  species.  They are highly variable  in form and occupy a
multitude  of habitats.  They can be predators, scavengers, herbivores,
detrital feeders, filter feeders and parasites.  Certain species
(especially bivalves) often occur in very high densities, while other
.species may be relatively rare.  For the shelled molluscs, taxonomic
characteristics are primarily based on shell morphology, and. scars on the
inside of  the shells left by the soft tissue.  It is possible, therefore,
to  identify fossil shells or shells of animals which have died out in a
given locality.  Difficulties in identification may be compounded by
varying degrees of intraspecific morphological variation.

There has  been a great deal of  information amassed by other authors
concerning the Mollusca.  Of the seven generally recognized classes of
molluscs,  only two, the Gastropoda and the Bivalvia are treated here.

CLASS GASTROPODA - Snails and Slugs  (Figures  4-41)

SUBCLASS PROSOBRANCHIA

Definition:  Asymmetrical molluscs with  well  developed head bearing eyes
             and tentacles; radula present; ventral part of the foot
             flattened to a creeping sole; generally with a univalved,
             spiral shell (may  be lacking); monoecious or dioecious;
             development variable.

Primarily  predators, herbivores or scavengers, gastropods are usually not
numerically dominant benthic inhabitants.  Figure 2 illustrates some basic
gastropod  shell configurations, while Figure 3, a composite, exhibits
important  shell features used for identification.

-------
Fig.  2.  Basic gastropod shell  configurations.

Fig.  3.  Composite gastropod shell  illustrating characteristics
          used for species identification.
                               12

-------
              PLATE  1  (Figures 2-3)
                              Tubular
Spiral/piano-spiral
                               Cylindrical
 Ovate
Fusiform
Conic
Turriculate
                                     Planorboid/discoid
  Turbinate   Globular/globose  conic
   SPIRAL, THREADS
    AXIAL COKTAE
     COLUMELLA
    AXIAL RIB
 SPIRAL COSTAE
      SUTURE
   NODULE

  SHOULDER

  BODY WHORL

    SHELL BASE
               NUCULAR WHORL (APPEX)

                RETICULATED
                   BEADED
                     SPIRAL GROOVE
                   AXIAL COSTAE

                       SPINE
                         ANAL or POSTERIOR CANAL


                         PARIETAL WALL INNER LIP

                          OUTER LIP

                       APERTURE

                     COLUHELLA PLICAE/FOLDS
                            SIPHONAL or ANTERIOR CANAL

                          AXIS
                         13

-------
CLASS GASTROPODA
  SUBCLASS PROSO'BRANCHIA


  ORDER MESOGASTROPODA

   FAMILY LITTORINIDAE - Gray,  1840

    Fig. 4. Littorina irrorata (Say, 1822).  Marsh Periwinkle,,   New York to
    Florida to Texas.  To 25 mm in length, globose/conic,  with  numerous
    regularly formed spiral grooves.  Outer lip sharp with pigmented
    grooves on the inside.  Color, yellow white with grey brown streaks.
    Inner lip and columella reddish brown.

   FAMILY VIRTRINELLIDAE - Bush, 1897

    Fig. 5. Vitrinella helicoidea - C.B. Adams, 1950.  Helix Vitrinella.
    Southeastern United States.,. West Indies, Texas, Bermuda.  To 2 mm
    diameter, planorboid, 2 1f2 whorls.  Translucent-white, glassy.
    Umbilicus round, deep, may be bounded by a small, spiral sculpture.
    Aperture circular,, oblique.

    Fig. 6. Circulus (Cyclostremiscus) suppressus (Dall, 1889).  Suppressed
    Vitrinella.  South Florida to Texas.  To 2.0 mm diameter, planorboid, 3
    sharp keels.  Umbilicus small, bordered by a fine ridge which joins the
    base of the aperture, which is subcircular and oblique.

    Fig. 7. Cyclostremoscus pentagonus (Gabb,, 1873).  Trilix Vitrinella.
    North Carolina to Florida, Texas, West Indies.  To 3 mm diameter,
    planorboid, 3 keels.  Umbilicus deep, funnel shaped.  Aperture
    circular, oblique.  Yellow-white color with visible growth lines.

    Fig. 8. Teinostoma lerema  (Pilsbry & McGinty, 1945).  Virgin Islands,
    Florida Keys, West Florida, Texas.  1.4 mm diameter, planorboid, white,
    glassy.  1 postnuclear whorl, umbilicus completely closed by a thick
    callus.

   FAMILY CAECIDAE - Gray, 1850

    Fig. 9. Caecum imbricatum  (Carpenter,  1858).  Imbricate Caecum.
    Florida to Texas, Bahamas  and West Indies.  To 4 mm length, opaque
    white, may have  irregular  brown mottlings.  Axial rings flattened with
    terminal rings slightly larger.  Moderate  longitudinal ridges.  Mucro
    prominent, triangular  in shape.
                                     14

-------
PLATE 2 (Figures 4-9)
          15

-------
 Fig. 10. Caecum johnspni (Winkley, 1908).  Johnsons Caecum.
 Massachusetts to North Carolina, Florida and Texas.  2-3 mm length,
 slender, smooth and cylindrical.  Nearly transparent, septum strongly
 convex which may have a rough surface.  Fine axial rings sometimes
 visible.

 Fig. 11. Caecum nitidum (Stimpson, 1851).  Little Horn Caecum.  South
 Florida and the Gulf Coast to the West Indies and Brazil.  To 3 mm in
 length, white irregular brown specks or mottlings, bulbous at center or
 slightly anterior of center.  Septum with a small projection on the
 highest side.

 Fig. 12. Caecum pulchellum (Stimpson, 1851).  Beautiful Little Caecum.
 New Hampshire to Brazil.  To 3 mm in length, tan to white color.  20-30
 axial rings, as wide as spaces between.  Septum is slightly convex, the
 mucro small and only slightly projecting.

FAMILY POTAMIDIDAE

 Fig. 13. Cerithidea scalariformis (Say, 1825).  Ladder Horn Shell.
 South Carolina to Florida and the West Indies.  To 32 mm in length.
 Turriculate, with 10-30 convex whorls.  Brown with white spiral bands.
 Numerous axial ribs which stop abruptly above the suture which contains
 a rounded spiral ridge.  Base of shell with 6-8 spiral ridges.

FAMILY EPITONIIDAE - S. S. Berry, 1910

 Fig. 14. Epitonium angulatum (Say, 1830).  Angulate Wentletrap.  New
 York to Florida and to Texas, Bermuda.  To 25 mm in length, strong,
 without an umbilicus.  8 whorls with 9-10 strong thin costae slightly
 bent backwards and angled at the shoulder.  Costae are in line from
 whorl to whorl and fused at the suture.  Outer lip is thickened, color
 is glossy white.

 Fig. 15. Epitonium rupicola (Kurtz,  1860).  Brown-banded Wentletrap.
 Massachusetts to Florida to Texas.  Specimen 8.2 mm long, relatively
 slender, without an umbilicus.  White to cream color with a brown band
 on each side of suture.  9-11 globose whorls, each with 12-18 costae of
 variable strength.

FAMILY MELANELLIDAE - Bartsch, 1917

 Fig. 16. Melanella sp.  Length 3.5 mm, fusiform with 9 whorls, bending
 slightly near apex.  White, glossy smooth.  No sculpture present,
 sutures indistinct.
                                 16

-------
           PLATE 3 (Figures  10-16)
15
                     17

-------
  Fig.  17.  Strombiformis  hemphilli  (Dall,  1844).   Hempills Melanella.
  West  Coast  of  Florida;  Brazil.Length 3.4 mm, conic,  slender, brown
  color,  glassy  smooth.   8 flat sided whorls, suture distinct, with a
  brown band  below.   Columella slightly concave.

FAMILY CREPIDULIDAE  - Fleming, 1822

  Fig.  18.  Crepidula  fornicata (Linne, 1758).  Common Atlantic
  Slipper-shell.  Canada  to Florida and Texas; introduced to West Coast
  and Europe.  5-50 mm long.  Color grey-white, sometimes having brown
  blotches  or lines.  Shape variable, moderately flat to highly arched.
  Shell deck encloses posterior half of inside of  shell.  Deck slightly
  concave,  usually white, and notched in 2 places.  Specimens usually
  found stacked  atop  one  another.

  Fig. 19.  Crepidula maculosa - Conrad, 1846.  Spotted Slipper-shell.
  East and  West  Coast of  Florida and Bahamas.  Specimen 5 mm in length,
  similar to iC. fornicata.  Usually spotted or streaked with brown.  Deck
  is flat with edge being straight or slightly concave.  Shape moderately
 flat to highly arched.

 Fig. 20.  Crepidula pi ana - Say, 1822.  Eastern White Slipper-shell.
 Canada to Texas, Brazil and Bermuda.  2-30 mm in length, white, very
 flat.  Usually attached to shell material.  Deck covering slightly less
 than half of shell,  slightly convex edge with a notch on one edge.
 Tiny specimens may be translucent.

FAMILY NATICIDAE - Gray, 1840

 Fig. 21. Polinices duplicatus (Say,  1822).  Shark Eye.  Massachusetts
 to Florida and the Gulf Coast.   10-40 mm diameter,  globose, somewhat
 flattened.  Grey to  tan, base white; Glossy-smooth.   Umbilicus deep,
 nearly covered by a  large brown callus.   Large aperture with a brown
 operculum.  A.  Apical view.   B.  Adapical  view.   C.  Lateral  view.

 Fig. 22. Sinum perspectivum (Say,  1831).   Common  Baby's Ear.   Maryland
 to Florida,  Gulf Coast and  the  West  Indies;  Bermuda  and Brazil.  Up to
 50 mm in diameter.   Very flat,  large aperture,  white color,,  Numerous
 fine spiral  lines on top of  whorls.   Animal  fully covers shell  when
 alive.   Preserved specimens  often  coated  with  a copious amount of mucus.
                                  18

-------
PLATE 4 (Figures 17-22)
          19

-------
 Fig. 23. Natica pus ill a - Say, 1822.  Southern Miniature Natica.   Maine
 to Florida, Gulf Coast to Brazil.  To 8 mm in length.  Ovate,  glossy-
 smooth, white to grey, may have light brown markings.  Umbilicus  sealed
 with a flat callus.  Calcareous operculum.

FAMILY MURICIDAE - de Costa, 1776
 Fig. 24. Eupleura sulcidentata - Dall, 1890.  Sharp-ribbed Drill.   West
 Coast of Florida, Bimini.Specimen 12.5 mm, off-white to grey.   Apex
 pointed, moderately long^nearly closed siphonal canal.  Varices  thin
 and sharp, spiral sculpture nearly absent.  Axial ribs often sharp and
 a small spine may be present at top.  Outer lip thick, rough,  with
 about 5 smooth teeth on the inside.

FAMILY COLUMBELLIDAE - Swainson, 1840

 Fig. 25. Anachis obesa (C.B. Adams, 1845).  Fat Dove-shell,  Virginia
 to Florida to Texas and to Uruguay.  Bermuda.  To 6 mm in length,
 stout, ovate conical, light to dark brown, may have spiral brown
 bands.  Numerous axial ribs, and spiral cords result in a reticulated
 pattern.  Aperture elongate.  3-5 small teeth on inside of outer lip.

 Fig. 26. Anachis semiplicata - Stearns, 1873.  Semiplicate Dove-shell.
 West Florida to Yucatan, Mexico.  To 13 mm in length, slender, fusiform
 (width to length ratio = 0.37).  Spire acute, flat sided.  Body  whorl
 with about 12 axial ribs, spire sculpture reduced.  Aperture narrow.
 Grey with fine brown reticulations, outer lip white.

 Fig. 27. Mitrella lunata - (Say, 1826).  Lunar Dove-shell.
 Massachusetts to Florida, Texas, Brazil, West Indies.  Length  3.0 mm,
 smooth glossy-white to grey, with brown axial zigzag stripes.  Aperture
 long, compressed with several small teeth on inside of outer lip.
 Spiral striations on base of shell.

 FAMILY BUCCINIDAE - Rafinesque, 1815

 Fig. 28. Pisania tincta (Conrad, 1846).  Tinted Cantharus.  North
 Carolina to Florida, Texas, the West Indies.  Bermuda.  Brazil.   To 32
 mm in length, conic heavy.  Posterior siphonal canal present,  small
 teeth along inside of outer lip.  Spiral costae and axial ribs present
 and forming weak beads at crossings.  Color variable, usually  mixed.

FAMILY MELON6ENIDAE - Gill, 1867

 Fig. 29. Melongena corona johnstonei - Clench and Turner, 1956.   Common
 Crown Conch.  Central West Florida to Alabama.  To 190 mm in length,
 variable shape, color and number of spines.  Cream, with wide  spiral
 bands of various brown shades.  Shoulder flattened with erect
 semitubular spines.
                                  20

-------
                  PLATE  5  (Figures  23-29)
          23
                                                    24
25
26
                        28       29
'27
                             21

-------
 FAMILY NASSARIIDAE  -  Iredale,  1916

  Fig.  30.  Nassarius vibex  (Say,  1822).   Common  Eastern  Nassa.   Cape  Cod
  to Florida to Texas  and the West  Indies to  Brazil.   10 mm  long,  heavy,
  well  developed parietal shield.   Grey  brown to white with  some dark
  brown blotches. Last whorl with  about a dozen coarsely beaded axial
  ribs.

 FAMILY OLIVIDAE - Latreille, 1825

  Fig.  31.  Oliva sayana - Ravenel,  1834.  Lettered  Olive. North Carolina
  to Florida and the Gulf states.   To 60 mm in length, elongate  with  5  to
  6 whorls.  Cream color with extensive  brown markings,  glassy finish.
  Aperture  long, narrow with thin  outer  lip.   Columella  is plicated.

  Fig.  32.  01 i veil a  perplexa -  Olsson, 1956.   Tiny  Dwarf Olive,,  South
  Florida.   Specimen 3 mm  in length,  glossy white with an elevated
  spire.  Shell heavy, parietal callus thick.  Suture deeply channeled.

 FAMILY MARGINELLIDAE  - Fleming,  1828

  Fig.  33.  Marginella  apicina - Menke, 1828.   Common Atlantic
  Marginella.  North Carolina to Florida, the Gulf  states and the  West
  Indies.  8 mm in length,  glossy with a dark nuclear whorl.  Aperture
  elongate, narrow,  with a  white thickened outer lip. Color is  cream to
  brown with faint bands of darker color.  Usually  several brown spots  on
  outer lip.

ORDER PYRAMIDELLOIDA

 FAMILY PYRAMIDELLIDAE - Gray,  1840

  Fig.  34.  Odostomia impressa (Say, 1821).  Impressed Odostome.
  Massachusetts to the Gulf of Mexico.  To 6 mm in  length, elongate
  conic, white.  Six-seven  nearly flat sided whorls each with 4  smooth
  spiral cords, with microscopic axial threads between.   Nuclear whorl
  small and oblique to successive whorl.  Aperture  elongate, oval.
  Columella with an oblique fold.

  Fig.  35. Turbonilla conradi - Bush, 1899.  Conrad's Turbonile.  West
  Coast of Florida.   To 10 mm in length, slender, gray.   Nuclear whorls
  at right angle to successive whorls.   11-12 postnuclear whorls with
  18-24 rounded axial  ribs.  Intercostal spaces shallow, wider than ribs
  and crosssd by  incised lines.
                                    22

-------
                PLATE  6  (Figures 30-35)
                     10mm
30
31
32
  33
34
 35
                           23

-------
SUBCLASS OPISTHOBRANCHIA                                      ;

 ORDER CEPHALASPIDEA

  FAMILY ACTEONIDAE - Orbigny, 1842

   Fig. 36. Aceteon punctostriatus (C.B. Adams, 1840).  Adam's Baby-
   bubble Cape Cod to the Gulf of Mexico to Argentina.  West Indies,
   Bermuda.  To 6 mm in length, moderately globose, fragile.  White
   color, spire moderately elevated.  Aperture elongate about 1/2 length
   of shell, outer lip thin.  Fine spiral striations over base of shell.
   A. adult, B. juvenile.

  FAMILY ACTEOCINIDAE - Pilsbry, 1921

   Fig. 37. Acteocina (Retusa) canaliculata (Say, 1822).  Channeled
   Barrel-bubble.  Nova Scotia to Florida, Texas and the West Indies.
   Length 3-6 mm, cylindrical, with moderately raised spire (may vary).
   White, glossy smooth with microscopic growth lines.  Aperture
   elongate, outer lip thin, suture slightly channeled.

  FAMILY HAMINOEIDAE - Pilsbry, 1895

   Fig. 38. Haminoea succinea (Conrad, 1846).  West Florida to Texas;
   Bermuda.  To 12 mm in length.  Oval shell, thin, fragile with spire
   concealed.  Translucent white with small spiral grooves, sides of
   whorl nearly flat.

   Fig. 39. Haminoea antillarum (Orbigny, 1941).  Gulf of Mexico to
   Brazil; Bermuda.  To 13 mm in length.  Globose, fragile, spire
   concealed.  Spiral striae fine, translucent greenish yellow,.

 ORDER NUDIBRANCHIA

  FAMILY DOTOIDAE

   Fig. 40. Unidentified sp. probably a juvenile of the family DOTOIDAE.
   1.4 mm in length, rhinophores smooth, 6-7 smooth, simple cerata.
   Small black pigmentation spots covering body,

SUBCLASS PULMONATA                                            ;

 ORDER BASOMMATOPHORA

  FAMILY MELAMPIDAE - Stimpson, 1851                          !

   Fig. 41. Melampus coffeus (Linne, 1750).  Coffee Melampus.  South half
   of Florida, West Indies, Brazil, Bermuda.  To 20 mm in length.  Conic,
   dark brown with lighter brown spiral lines.  Outer lip thin, columella
   with 2 folds near bottom of aperture.

-------
         PLATE 7 (Figures 36-41)
36
 38
                       40
37
                                        39
                    25

-------
INTENTIONALLY  LEFT BLANK
          26

-------
CLASS BIVALVIA (Figures 42-79)

Definition:   The bivalves  lack  a differentiated head and radula.   The
              shell has two  valves which are  oriented laterally  to the soft
              body and hinged  dorsally.  The  valves are closed by  1-3
              muscles attached to the inside  of the valves.

Bivalves  are normally found buried in (burrowing)  or attached to  the
substrate,  although some species may actively  Crawl  about in a  manner
similar to  the gastropods.  At  times certain species are very abundant
numbering  in the thousands  per  square meter.   Size,  shell shape and
sculpture,  hinge structure  and  muscle scars  are important for
identification,  Figure 42.
                       LEFT VALVE

                           LIGAMENT
                  TAXODONT TEETH


                	 HEIGHT


                PALLIAL SINUS


                  PALLIAL LINE
UMBO/BEAK



  CARDINAL TEETH
  •MUSCLE SCAR
   (ANTERIOR ADDUCTOR)
                                                  LATERAL TEETH
                    POSTERIOR
                                              ANTERIOR
                        RIGHT  VALVE
                     ESCUTCHEON
               CONCENTRIC LINES
                     RADIAL RIBS
                                                  CONCENTRIC RIBS
                                      RADIAL LIKES

                                  VENTRAL
           Figure 42.  Diagrammatic composite  of a  bivalve
                       she!1.
                                     27

-------
SUBCLASS PRIONODESMATA

 ORDER PROTOBRANCHIA

  FAMILY NUCULIDAE - Gray, 1824

   Fig. 43. Macula crenulata - A. Adams, 1856.  Atlantic Crenulate Nut
   Clam.  South Carolina to Florida; Texas and Brazil.  To 64 mm in
   length, yellow-white, ovate.  Ventral margin finely crenulate,
   numerous fine concentric lines.  Hinge strong with many small teeth.

SUBCLASS PTERIOMORPHIA

 ORDER ARCOIDA

  FAMILY ARCIDAE - Lamarck, 1809

   Fig. 44. Anadara transversa (Say, 1822).   Transverse Ark.   South of
   Cape Cod to Florida and Texas to Mexico.   To 38 mm in length.  Left
   valve overlaps right valve.  Long narrow  ligament; hinge with numerous
   small  teeth oriented perpendicular to hinge line.   30-35 radial  ribs
   on each valve with the ribs of the left valve usually beaded.  A.
   Outside of shell.   B. Shell  hinge.

  FAMILY GLYCMERIDIDAE - Newton,  1922

   Fig- 45. Glycymeris pectinata (Gmelin,  1791).   Comb Bittersweet.
   North  Carolina to  Florida  to Texas  and  Brazil.   To 23 mm in  length.
   Grey,  with 20 to 40 radial  ribs without radial  striae (lines).   Strong
   hinge  with numerous nearly equal  sized  teeth.   A.  Outside  of valve.
   B.  Inside showing  hinge structure.

ORDER MYTILOIDA

  FAMILY  MYTILIDAE  -  Rafinesque,  1815

   Fig- 46.  Branchidontes  exustus  (Linne.  1758).   Scorched  Mussel.  North
   Carolina to Texas;  the  West  Indies  and  Brazil to Uruguay.  To 38 mm in
   length.   Light to  dark  brown, may have  darker lines.   Elongate, fan
   shaped,  with  numerous radial ribs which form fine  denticle;;  along
   shell  margin.   Interior  metalic purple  and  white.   Hinge with 1-4
   small  teeth anteriorly  and  5-6  very  small teeth posteriorly.

   Fig. 47.  Musculus  lateral is  (Say, 1822).  Lateral  Musculus,.   North
   Carolina to Florida to Texas; West  Indies and Brazil.  To  10  mm in
   length.   Oblong, light brown often with blue green  tinge,  interior
   slightly  iridescent.  Fragile, with  concentric  lines  and radial ribs
  with a portion lacking the radial ribs.  No hinge  teeth.
                                  28

-------
PLATE 8 (Figures  43-47)
     44
     29

-------
  Fig. 48. Amygdalum papyrium (Conrad, 1846).  Paper Mussel.  Maryland
  to Florida and Texas.  To 38 mm in length.  Elongate, fan shaped,
  smooth.  Fragile with fine concentric growth lines.  Grey or light
  brown and may have irregular brown lines.  Interior, iridescent
  white.  Thin weak ligament, no hinge teeth.

 FAMILY PINNIDAE - Leach, 1819

  Fig. 49. Atrina rigida (Lightfoot, 1786).  Stiff Pen Shell;,  North
  Carolina to the South half of Florida and the Caribbean.  To 280 mm in
  length, with 15 to 25 radial rows of sharp tubular spines.  Light to
  dark brown.  Similar to _A. seminuda, differing only in that the
  posterior muscle scar is larger than seminuda and borders or protrudes
  above the nacreous section of the interior.

ORDER PTERIOIDA

 FAMILY OSTREIDAE - Rafinesque, 1815

  Fig. 50. Crassostrea virginica (Gmelin, 1791).  Eastern Oyster.  Gulf
  of St. Lawrence to the Gulf of Mexico and the West Indies,  To 150 mm
  in length.  Highly variable in shape and size, from oval to irregular
  elongate.  Dull grey exterior, white inside with purple muscle scar.
  Surface rough, scale-like.

ORDER VENEROIDA

 FAMILY LUCINIDAE - Vyalov, 1936

  Fig. 51. Parvilucina multilineata (Tuomey and Holmes, 1957).
  Many-lined Lucina.  North Carolina to Florida to Texas, Brazil.  To 10
  mm in length.  White, circular, thick shell.   Fine concentric lines,
  strongest at umbo, and thin radial lines also strongest at umbo.
  Small cardinal and lateral teeth; margins of valves with fine
  denticulations.  A. External view.  B. Inside of shell.  Note hinge,
  muscle scars and pallial line.

  Fig. 52. Lucina nassula (Conrad,  1846).  Woven Lucina.  North Carolina
  to Florida, Texas and the Bahamas.  To 13 mm in length, circular,
  strong, chalk white.  Strong closely spaced concentric and radial ribs
  which form a rough surface, and a small raised scale at the
  intersection of the ribs.  2 cardinals and 2 lateral teeth.

 FAMILY CYRENOIDIDAE - H. and A. Adams, 1857

  Fig. 53. Cyrenoida florldana (Dall,  1896).  Florida Marsh Clam.
  Georgia to Florida.  To 19 mm in  length.  Nearly round, thin, delicate
  shell, white or translucent.  Surface smooth or with fine concentric
  growth lines.  Hinge with 2 cardinal teeth.  A. Valves, external
  view.  B. Hinge structure.
                                  30

-------
PLATE 9 (Figures 48-53)
           31

-------
 FAMILY  LEPTONIDAE  -  Gray,  1847

 Fig. 54. Mysella  planulata  (Stimpson,  1857).   Altantic Flat Lepton.
 Nova Scotia to  Texas  and  the West  Indies.  To  3 mm  in length.
 Flattened, oblong oval, fragile.   Anterior end longer.  Smooth witn
 only fine concentric  growth lines.  Dorsal margin depressed both
 anteriorly and  posteriorly of  small pointed umbo.   Translucent to
 white.  A small central resilifer  in the right valve bordered by 2
 small  teeth, one  on each  side.  Note:  This species often occurred in
 very high densities in muddy sediments.  A. External view,,  B. Hinge.

 FAMILY  CRASSATELLIDAE  - Ferussac, 1822.

 Fig. 55. Crassinella  lunulata  (Conrad, 1834).  Lunate Crassinella.
 Massachusetts to  Florida  to Texas  to Brazil, West Indies.  To 8 mm in
 length.  Subtriangular, compressed, white, .may have light brown radial
 rays.  Beaks at middle or slightly anterior.  Two cardinal teeth in
 each valve.  One  anterior lateral  in right valve and one posterior
 lateral in the  left valve.  Well developed concentric ribs, worn to
 varying degrees.  A.  External view.  B. Internal view.

FAMILY CARDIIDAE - Oken, 1818

 Fig. 56. Laevicardium mortoni (Conrad, 1830).  Morton's Egg Cockle.
 Cape Cod to Florida to Texas, West Indies.  To 25 mm in length.
 Ovate,  glossy,  inflated, strong.  Cream color with brown, concentric
 zigzag markings.  Cardinal and lateral teeth present.

 Fig. 57. Dinocardium robustum vanhynjngi - Clench and L.C, Smith,
 1944.  Vanhyning's Cockle.  Tampa Bay to Cape Sable, Florida.   To 127
 mm height.   32-36, smooth rounded radial ribs.  Yellow with patches
 and bands of red to purplish brown.  With cardinal and lateral teeth.

FAMILY MACTRIDAE - Lamarck, 1809

 Fig. 58. Mactra frag ill's - Gmelin,  1791.  Fragile Atlantic: Mactra.
 North Carolina to Florida, Texas and the West Indies.   To 63 mm in
 length.  Oval,'moderately thin, smooth, white, with fine concentric
 growth  lines.   Umbones rounded, nearly central. Two ligaments, one
 exterior,  one interior, and a bifid cardinal  tooth.   Prominent
 escutcheon  with one ridge along dorsal margin.  Fairly large posterior
 gape.  A.  External view.   B. Live specimen.   C. Hinge  structure.

 Fig. 59. Mulinia lateral is (Say,  1822).  Dwarf Surf Clam.   Maine  to
 Florida to  Texas and Mexico.  To 12 mm in length.   Subtriangular,
 moderately  obese,  prominent beaks nearly central.   White to creme
 color,  smooth  with concentric  growth lines.   Esscutcheon delineated by
 a  posterior radial ridge.   Hinge with  bifid  cardinals  and lateral
 teeth.
                                 32

-------
 PLATE 10 (Figures  54-59)
58
33

-------
FAMILY SOLENIDAE - Lamarck, 1809

 Fig. 60. Ensls minor - Dall, 1900.  Minor Jacknife Clam.  New Jersey
 to Florida to Texas.  To 76 mm in length.  Long, narrow, fragile.
 White, with purplish stains anteriorly, may also be visible on
 exterior.  Hinge with 2 vertical cardinal teeth and each valve with a
 long low posterior tooth.

FAMILY TELLINIDAE - Blainville, 1814

 Fig. 61. Tellina lineata - Turton, 1819.  Rose Petal Tellin.  Both
 sides of Florida to Texas and to Brazil.  To 38 mm in length.
 Elongate; valves twist to the right, left valve slightly inflated.
 White, smooth glossy, with concentric growth lines.  Cardinal and
 lateral teeth present and a weak interior rib radiating from umbones
 to just past the anterior muscle scar.   A. Exterior.  B. Hinge.

 Fig. 62. Tellina versicolor - DeKay, 1843.  Dekay's Dwarf Tellin.
 Rhode Island to Key West; to Texas and  the West Indies.  To 17 mm in
 length.  Moderately elongate, compressed, fragile.   Translucent,
 glossy white, may have white, red or pink rays.  Anterior dorsal
 margin elongate, slightly inclined.   Posterior dorsal margin short,
 steeply inclined.  Umbones slightly  posterior of center.  Right  valve
 with cardinal teeth and lateral  teeth left valve with cardinal teeth
 only.   A. Exterior, B.  Hinge.
                                 34

-------
PLATE 11 (Figures 60-62)
            60
            61
            62
            35

-------
 Fig. 63. Macoma tenta (Say, 1834).  Tenta Macoma.  Cape Cod t6 Florida
 to Brazil, the West Indies.  To 19 mm in length.  White, elongate,
 fragile, may have slight iridescence on exterior.  Narrower,
 posterior, end flexed to the left.  Two cardinal teeth in left valve,
 one in right, no lateral teeth.  A. Lateral view.  B. Dorsal  view.   C.
 Live specimen.

FAMILY SEMELIDAE - Stoliczka, 1870

 Fig. 64. Semele purpurascens (Gmelin, 1791).  Purplish Semele.  North
 Carolina to Florida to Texas; West Indies and Brazil.  To 38 mm in
 length.  Oblong, thin smooth shell, with fine concentric growth
 lines.  Color grey to cream, may have purplish or orange mottlings.
 Resilium in a horizontal depression parallel with hinge line.  Two
 cardinal teeth in each valve.  Two lateral teeth in right valve, but
 reduced in left valve.  External ligament.

 Fig. 65. Abra aequalis (Say, 1822).  Common Atlantic Abra.  North
 Carolina to Texas and the West Indies.  Brazil.  To 12 mm in length.
 Orbicular, white, smooth, glossy, inflated.  Anterior margin of right
 valve grooved.  Right valve with two cardinal teeth, one anterior
 lateral.  Left valve without laterals.  Elongate chondrophore
 supporting resilium.  A. Exterior.  B. Hinge.
                                  36

-------
     PLATE 12 (Figures 63-65)
63
                                     64
                 65
                 37

-------
FAMILY SOLECURTIDAE'- Orbigny, 1846

 Fig. 66. Tagelus divisus (Spengler, 1794).  Purplish Tagelus.   Cape
 Cod to Florida, Gulf States to Brazil.  Bermuda.  To 38 mm in  length.
 Elongate, flattened cylindrical, smooth, fragile.  Gaping at both
 ends, beaks near the middle.  No lateral teeth, 2 small cardinal teeth
 in the right valve, 1 in the left valve.  A weak internal radial rib
 sometimes visible.  Whitish purple, with purple radial rays.

 Fig. 67. Tagelus plebius (Lightfoot, 1786).  Stout Tagelus,  Cape Cod
 to Florida and the Gulf states; the West  Indies and Brazil.  To 89 mm
 in length.  Elongate, smooth, adults rather rectangular.  Umbones
 small, posterior of center.  Hinge with 2 small cardinal teeth with a
 bulbous callus behind them.  Sculptures with faint concentric growth
 lines.  Brown to greenish brown color.

FAMILY DREISSENIDAE - Gray,  1840

 Fig. 68. Mytilopsis leucophaeata (Conrad, 1831).  Conrad's False
 Mussel.  New York to Florida to Texas and Mexico.  To  19 mm in
 length.  Mussel-like shape, rough exterior.  Narrow, pointed beak,
 with a septum  internally to which the anterior  adductor  is attached.
 A  long thin bar under the ligament.

FAMILY VENERIDAE - Rafinesque,  1815

 Fig. 69. Mercenaria compechiensis  (Gmelin,  1791).  Southern Quahog.
 Southern New Jersey to  Florida  to Texas and Cuba.  To  152 mm in
 length.  Ovate trigonal, heavy, grey  to white  color.   Teeth strong, 3
 cardinals  in each valve.  Sculpture of  strong  concentric growth  lines.

 Fig. 70. Macrocallista  nimbosa  (Lightfoot,  1786).  Sunray Venus.
 North Carolina to Florida to Texas.   To 127 mm in  length.   Elongate,
 oval, compressed, glossy smooth with  a  thin brown  periostracum,  with
 brownish radial rays.   Three cardinal teeth with long  external
 ligament.

 Fig. 71. Cyclinella  tenuis  (Recluz, 1852).  Atlantic  Cyclinella.
 Virginia to  Texas; West Indies  and  Brazil.  To 50  mm  in  length.
 Circular,  compressed, dull  white  with fine  concentric  growth  lines.
 Three cardinal  teeth  but no" laterals.   Similar to  Dosinia.  A.  Outside
 view.   B.  Hinge area.

 Fig.  72.  Dosinia  discus (Reeve, 1850).  Disk  Dosinia.   Virginia to
 Florida,  Gulf  states, Mexico and  Bahamas.  To 76 mm in length.
 Circular,  compressed, with  numerous fine  concentric  ridges;.   White,
 three cardinal teeth in each valve.
                                  38

-------
        PLATE 13 (Figures 66-72)
69
                                       67
                                       68
                                      70
                                       72
71
                   39

-------
  Fig. 73. Parastarte triquetra (Conrad,  1846).   Brown Gem Clam.   Both
  sides of Florida.  To 3 mm in length.   Higher  than long, large
  elevated umbones.  Tan to brown, smooth glossy.  Right valve with  2
  strong cardinals, left with 1 cardinal  2 small laterals.  Small  pits
  along interior ventral margins.  A. Lateral view.  B. Inside, shell
  hinge.

ORDER MYOIDA

 FAMILY MYIDAE - Lamarck, 1809

  Fig. 74. Sphenia antillensis - Dall and Simpton, 1901.  Antellean
  Sphenia.  West Florida, Texas, Puerto Rico, Brazil.  To 6 mm in
  length.  Thin, fragile, irregular shape, right valve slightly larger
  than left.  Dull white with concentric growth  lines.

 FAMILY CORBULIDAE - Lamarck, 1818

  Fig. 75. Corbula contracta - Say, 1822.  Contracted Corbula.  Cape Cod
  to Florida, Texas, West Indies and Brazil.  To 9 mm in length.
  Trigonal, grey to white, valves inequal with posterior ventral  margin
  of right valve overlapping left valve.   Thick  shell with irregular
  concentric growth ridges.  Prominent posterior radial ridge.  A
  prominent cardinal tooth in the right valve which fits into a V-shaped
  notch in the left valve.  Probably synonymous  with C_. caribaea.

  Fig. 76. Corbula swiftiana - C.B. Adams, 1852.  Swiftjs Corbula.
  Massachusetts to Florida, Texas and the West Indies.  To 9 mm in
  length.  Trigonal, white right valve much larger, more obese and
  overlapping the left valve along ventral posterior margin.  Posterior
  slope with 2 radial ridges on the right valve, one on the left valve.
  Concentric growth ridges on both valves.  Prominent cardinal tooth in
  right valve, fitting into V-shaped notch in left valve.  Similar to £.
  contracta, however, valves are more in-equal than contracta and the
  posterior muscle of swiftiana is attached on a raised platform.   A.
  Exterior.  B. Interior.

 FAMILY PHOLADIDAE - Lamarck, 1809

  Fig. 77. Cyrtopleura costata (Linne, 1758).  Angel Wing.
  Massachusetts to Florida, to Texas to Brazil.   To 180 mm in  length.
  Elongate oval, white, fragile.  About 30 radial ribs and concentric
  ridges, white form beads of scales at their intersections.  Protoplax
  triangular (chitinous).  Mesoplax butterfly shaped (calcareous).  Long
  united  siphons which cannot be-withdrawn into shell by adults.  Shell
  gaping  along margins.  A. Lateral view.  B. Ventral view.
                                  40

-------
         PLATE  14 (Figures 73-77)
73
                                      74
                                     75
                  41

-------
ORDER EUDESMONDONTIDA

 FAMILY LYONSIIDAE - Fisher, 1887

  Fig. 78. Lyonsia hyalina floridana - Conrad,  1849.   Florida Lyonsia.
  West coast of Florida to Texas.  To 16 mm in  length.   Elongate,
  fragile, valves inequal.  White,  translucent,  sculpted with fine
  growth lines and raised radial  lines.  No teeth in  hinge.   Commonly
  sheathed with sand grains.

 FAMILY PERIPLOMATIDAE - Dall, 1895

  Fig. 79. Periploma margaritaceum (Lamarck, 1801).   Unequal  Spoon
  Clam.  South Carolina to Florida to Texas.  To 25 mm in length.
  Oblong, fragile, left valve more inflated and  overlapping  the right
  valve.  White, with fine concentric growth lines.   Umbones  close
  together, each with a short radial groove in  the surface.   Hinge  with
  a large spoon shaped tooth.
                                  42

-------
       PLATE 15 (Figures  78-79)
78
                                     79
                   43

-------
                                  SECTION 6

                               PHYLUM ANNELIDA

Definition:  The  annelids  are  segmented  coelomate worms.   The body
             consists  of a longitudinal  series of metameres or segments.
             Segmentation  is usually  complete; it may be secondarily
             modified;  the muscles, coelom  and peritoneum  being arranged
             in segments.   The nervous,  circulatory, excretory, and
             reproductive  systems  are all metameric  in structure.  The
             mouth  is  usually  located between the anterior most
             presegment, the prostomium; and the first counted segment,
             the  peristomium,  it may  appear to be several  segments
             posterior  to  this.  New  segments usually are  formed just
             before the terminal segment or pygidium, which also contains
             the  anus.

The Annelida are  composed  of three classes:  the Polychaeta, Oligochaeta,
and the Hirudinea.  The polychaetes are  the most numerous  of the three
classes followed  by the oligochaetes.  The  oligochaetes and the Hirudinea
or leeches are primarily terrestrial  and freshwater.  There were no
benthic leeches recovered  from the study area and relatively few species
of oligochaetes.

CLASS POLYCHAETA  (Figures  82-119)                              :

Definition:  Multi-segmented,  primarily marine or estuarine annelids with
             parapodia  bearing numerous  setae; usually bearing anterior
             appendages, such  as antennae,  palps or tentacular cirri; they
             are  dioecious  with simple exit ducts from the gonads.

The polychaetes are a very  diverse group for which a single definition
cannot be all-inclusive.   For  any particular polychaete, all of the
definition characteristics  need not be present.  However,  the definition
is sufficient for most  of  the  major polychaete groups.  A major problem in
the classification of the  polychaetes has been the arrangement of the
families into orders.   Traditionally, they  have been separated into two
large somewhat artificial orders, the Errantia and the Sedentaria.  The
errant polychaetes are  generally rapacious, and free-living.  They usually
have a large number of  equal segments, with the anterior appendages
modified into palps, antennae  and tentacular cirri.-  All polychaetes with
jaws are included in this order.  The Sedentaria generally have a limited
number of body segments separated into distinct regions.  They are tube
dwellers or burrowers being deposit or filter feeders.  They have short
parapodia, and anterior appendages may be absent or present with few too
many similar structures.

                                    44

-------
These orders, although not completely satisfactory, separate the
polychaetes into two nearly equal groupings in terms or number of families
and number of species.  Recently, new schemes have been proposed in
attempts to subdivide the families in a more phylogenetic manner.  Few of
these schemes have gained widespread acceptance, largely because they do
not solve the classificatory problems more suitably than the old scheme.
Fauchald (1977) proposed a scheme based on phylogenetic ideas; defining
orders using major anatomical and morphological features, and this is
becoming widely accepted.  Since the polychaetes are poorly represented in
the fossil record, phylogenethic relationships can only be inferred by
comparisons of living species and their developmental similarities.

The purpose of this manual is not to debate or propose classification
schemes.  Therefore, definitions and organizations above the family level
are not considered other than the traditional separation of Errantia and
Sedentaria.

Polychaetes are extremely abundant, being found in virtually every marine
habitat type.  They are usually the numerically dominant macrofaunal
organism of estuarine soft-bottom communities.  Size varies greatly from a
few millimeters to many centimeters.  Many anatomical and morphological
features are important for identification of polycheates.  Figure 80 shows
a stylized composite polychaete, showing many of the features important
for identification.  The number, type and arrangement of setae are also
taxonomically  important.  Figure 81 exhibits a few of the many types of
setae.

Polychaetes are the major faunal component of the Tampa Bay system.
Samples collected during the course of the study were nearly always
dominated by polychaetes, both in numbers of species and overall
densities.  The polychaetes depicted here represent some of the most
common and abundant species from the study area.

ORDER PHYLLODOCIDA
FAMILY POLYNOIDAE - Malmgren, 1867  (Figure  82)

Definition:  Dorsoventrally flattened bodies; 1-3 pairs of antennae,
             pharynx eversible, with four jaws; setae simple, notosetae
             variously developed and usually in lateral position.  On
             anterior end, dorsal cirri alternate with marginally smooth
             or fringed elytrae.

FAMILY SIGALIONIDAE - Malmgren,  1867 (Figure 83)

Definition:  Flattened or quadrangular body; 1-3 antennae; four jaws.
             Marginally fringed elytrae alternative with dorsal cirri
             anteriorly; elytrae on all posterior setigers.
                                    45

-------
FAMILY CHRYSOPETALIDAE (Figure 84)

Definition:  Short flattened bodies; one antenna.  Notosetae in rosetts on
             notopodial tubercles; composite neurosetae.

FAMILY PHYLLODOCIDAE - Williams, 1851 (Figure 85-89)

Definition:  With long slender body; 4-5 antennae on prostomium; eyes
             small, when present; 2-4 pairs of tentacular cirri; parapodia
             uniramous or bioramous; notopodia a short stalk with large,
             foliose dorsal cirri, or rarely with acicula or setae;
             neurosetae composite; notosetae simple, when present.

FAMILY HESIONIDAE - Sars, 1862 (Figures 90-91)

Definition:  Dorsoventrally flattened, short bodied; 2-3 antennae; palps
             absent or with one to three articles; 2-8 pairs of tentacular
             cirri; jaws present or absent; parapodia uniramous or
             bioramous, notopodia reduced in comparison to neuropodia;
             long slender dorsal cirri; neurosetae composite; notosetae
             simple or absent.

FAMILY PILARGIIDAE - Saint Joseph, 1899 (Figures 92-93)

Definition:  Body generally cylindrical or flattened and ribbon-like.
             Prostomium usually small, inconspicuous, with 2 or 3 antennae
             (rarely absent).  Palps present being simple or biarticu-.
             lated.  Two pairs of tentacular cirri or rarely one or none.
             Parapodia are biramous with reduced notopodia.  All seta are
             simple.  Notosetae may be absent or present as a thick spine
             or hook.  Proboscis unarmed.

FAMILY SYLLIDAE - Grube, 1850 (Figures 94-96)

Definition:  Small to medium sized, usually slender; may be dorsoventrally
             flattened; three antennae and simple palps which may be
             fused; two pairs of tentacular cirri; eversible pharynx armed
             with teeth or unarmed; proventricle nearly always present;
             uniramous parapodia; dorsal cirri usually conspicuous; setae
             simple or composite.

FAMILY NEREIDIDAE - Johnston, 1845 (Figures 97-99)

Definition:  Body elongate, cylindrical; prostomium distinct, soboval to
             subpyriform; four eyes (rarely absent); two (rarely one)
             antennae; two biarticulated palps; first segment usually
             without podia and setae; 2-4 pairs of tentacular cirri;
             protrusible pharynx with a pair of jaws and often denticles
             or papillae; parapodia usually biramous, with flattened lobes
             and cirri; composite or simple setae, falcigers or spinigers.
                                   46

-------
FAMILY NEPHTYIDAE - Grube,  1850  (Figures 99-100)

Definition:  Long slender bodies, quadrangular  in cross-section, numerous
             short segments; prostomium sma-lT,  angulate; two pairs of
             antennae; one  pair  of short palps; one pair of lateral jaws;
             biramous parapodia, rami well developed, with complex
             presetal and postsetal lobes; setae simple; interramal,
             respiratory cirri nearly always present.

FAMILY GLYCERIOAE - Grube 1850 (Figures 101-102)

Definition:  Body long, round, smooth tapering  gradually at both ends;
             prostomium concical, ahnulated with 4 small, usually
             biarticulate antennae; eversible proboscis with four jaws in
             a cross; parapodia  all biramous or uniramous; neurosetae
             composite, notosetae simple or absent.

FAMILY GOj^IADIDAE - Kinberg, 1866b (Figure 103)

Definition:  Long slender body with a conical prostomium.  Protrusable
             proboscis with small and larger jaw-pieces.  Parapodia
             uniramous anteriorly, biramous posteriorly or rarely all
             uniramous.  Neurosetae composite,  notosetae simple.

ORDER SPIONIDA
FAMILY EUNICIDAE - Savigny, 1818 (Figures 104-105)

Definition:  Elongate, cylindrical body slightly flattened, tapered
             posteriorly; prostomium with 1-5 occipital antennae;
             maxillary carriers short, third carrier absent; max/ilia I
             smooth, curved; notopodia consist of branchiae and dorsal
             cirri;  setal types; composite falcigers and spinigers,
             limbate, pectinate and subacicular hooks.

FAMILY ONUPHIDAE - Kinberg, 1865 (Figures 106-107)

Definition:  Modified for a tubicolous mode of life; elongate,  veriform,
             numerous.similar segments; two ventral palps,  two  frontal and
             five occipital antennae;  with or without eyes; maxillary
             carriers short, third carrier absent; branchiae simple or
             absent; Neuropodia presented by base of branchia and the
             dorsal  cirri,  may contain an internal acicula; setae of
             various types.

FAMILY LUMBRINERIDAE - Malmgren,  1867  (Figure 108)

Definition:  Body elongate, cylindrical,  tapering anteriorly and
             posteriorly; without prostomial  appendages, occasionally with
             1-3 nuchal  papillae; maxillary carriers short, third carrier
             absent; usually lacking eyespots;  notopodia absent or as
             small projections sometimes with internal  acicula;  dorsal and
             ventral cirri  lacking, may have four  short  anal cirri; with
             or without parapodial branchiae.  Setae include limbate
             setae, simple  and composite hooks.
                                   47

-------
FAMILY SPIONIDAE- Grube, 1850 (Figures 109-113)

Definition:  Usually small, body long; prostomium anteriorly blunt or
             pointed, may have an occipital papillae; extensible palps at
             the corners of the prostomium; parapodia biramous, lobes
             cirriform or foliose; setae simple, may be capillary, bi- or
             multi-dentate, hooded or non-hooded hooks.

FAMILY CHAETOPTERIDAE - Malmgren, 1867 (Figures 114-115)

Definition:  Body consisting of 2-3 distinct regions.  Peristomium with
             one or two pairs of tentacular cirri.  Palps present, of
             varying lengths.  Anterior region with uniramous parapodia,
             median and posterior regions have biramous parapodia.  Setae
             of various types; capillary, limbate and modified spines on
             setiger 4.  Posterior setigers contain pectiniform uncini.

ORDER ORBINIIDA
FAMILY ORBINIIDAE - Hartman, 1942 (Figures 116-117)

Definition:  A long posteriorly tapering body; prostomium and peristomium
             without appendages; with lateral parapodia in thoracic region
             which are shifted dorsally in abdominal segments; setae are
             simple and include capillaries, simple hooks and occasionally
             are brush-topped bifid or furcate.

ORDER CAPITELLIDA
FAMILY OPHELIIDAE - Malmgren, 1867 (Figures 118)

Definition:  Prostomium lacking appendages; palps absent.  May have one
             anterior asetigerous segment.  Parapodia usually biramous,
             may be uniramous; with small parapodial lobes.  They have
             capillary setae which are smooth or marginally dentate.

ORDER TEREBELLIDA
FAMILY TEREBELLIDAE (Figure 119)

Definition:  Body composed of two regions.  Anterior region has biramous
             parapodia; posterior region with neuropodia only*  Branchia
             absent or present with one to three pairs on the first
             segments.  Prostomium without appendages.  Uncini present
             usually with a large main fang and a crest of small teeth.

CLASS OLIGOCHAETA   (Figure 120)

Definition:  The Oligochaeta display a strong external metamerism, lack
             parapodia and cephalic appendages.  The head is reduced and
             setae are absent from the prostomium and peristomium.  Setae
             are presently either singularly or in bundles.  They are
             hermaphorditic.
                                   48

-------
Most people are familiar with the Oligochaete in the form of the common
earthworm.  Marine species are usually somewhat smaller than the
terrestrial or freshwater species.  There is little external
differentiation.  There are usually two dorso-lateral and two
ventro-lateral bundles of setae on each segment.  The numbers and types of
setae and the arrangement and structural detail of the reproduction
apparatus are of primary taxonomic importance.

The marine oligochaetes of North America have not been adequately
addressed in the past, (See Brinkhurst and Jamieson, 1971).  However,
there is currently very little information concerning the number and
distribution of Gulf Coast oligochaetes.  Current sutdies of the taxonomy
and distribution of the marine Oligochaeta of the Gulf Coast should
substantially increase the knowledge of this area.

A preliminary examination of some oligochaetes from Tampa Bay by Dr. M. S.
Loden has yielded the following taxa list:
ORDER HAPLOTAXIDA
FAMILY TUBIFICIDAE
              Akedrilus monospermathecus
             Limnodriloides winckelmanni
             Limnodriloides sp.
                   Knoller, 1935
                   Michaelsen, 1914
             Tubificoides c.f.
             Tubificoides sp
wasselli
                                   49

-------
CLASS POLYCHAETA
     Fig. 80. Composite polychaete depicting major anatomical  features.   A,,
              Overall body plan.  B. Anterior view of a single parapodium.
              a, antenna; a.c., anal cirrus; b.  branchia;  d.  denticle;
              d.c., dorsal cirrus; e, eye; n, neuropodia;  not.,,  notopodia;
              p, palp; pa., parapodium; pap., papillae; p.c.,  peristomial
              cirri; pr., proboscis; s, setae; St., setiger (body segment);
              v.c., ventral cirrus.

     Fig. 81. A few examples of the many types of polychaete  setae:  a,
              capillary; b, simple spiniger; c,  compound spiniger;  d,
              limbate; e, crochets (hooks); f, hooded; g,  aristate;  h,
              denticulate; i, lanceolate; j, bifid; k, bilimbate; 1,
              falciger; m, harpoon; n, pinnate;  o, pulmose.

   ORDER PHYLODOCIDA

    FAMILY POLYNOIDAE - Malmgren, 1867

     Fig. 82. Harmothoe sp.

    FAMILY SIGALIONIDAE - Malmgren, 1867

     Fig. 83. Stenelais boa - Johnson, 1833.  Cosmopolitan in  temperate  and
     tropical waters.  To 200 mm in length, width (including  setae)  to 5
     mm.  Elytra subreniform or broadly lunate,  and a deep emargination  in
     center of anterior border.  Surface of a few anterior elytra covered
     with simple papillae, posterior elytra with papillae  on  anterior and
     lateral margins.  Median antenna present, with a short ceratophore;
     lateral antennae indistinct fused to base of tentacular  segment.
     Compound neurosetae falcigerous with simple or multiarticulate  blades
     ending in bidentate tips.  Eyes present.
                                     50

-------
            PLATE 16  (Figures 80-83)
pap.
                                not,
                                              v.c
               a.c.
   82
83
                        51

-------
FAMILY CHRYSOPETALIDAE

 Fig. 84. Paleanotus heteroseta - Hartman, 1945.   Rectangular body with
 lateral groups of distinct paleae.  Prostomium visible between  palea;
 paleae with about 20 subequal beaded ribs.

FAMILY PHYLLODOCIDAE - Williams, 1851

 Fig. 85. Eteone heteropoda - Hartman, 1951.  Body long, slightly
 flattened; four antennae; triangular or trapezoidal  prostomium;  a
 small nuchal papilla; 2 dorsal, dark simple eyespots;  distal end of
 proboscis with a righ on papillae; first segment with  two pairs of
 tentacular cirri; anteriormost dorsal cirri subtriangular nearly
 symmetrical becomming asymmetrical on the more posterior segments;
 18-25 composite setae forming a fan-shaped series on each parapodium;
 posterior end tapering with a pair of long fleshy appendages
 terminally.

 Fig. 86. Eulalia sp.  Pentagonal prostomium, no distinct nuchal
 papilla; 5 antennae; two pairs of tentacular cirri;  eversible pharynx,
 uniramous parapodia.

 Fig. 87. Eumida sanguinea - Oersted, 1843.  Body short, thick,
 prostomium wider than long with two pairs of anterolateral antennae.
 A median antennae located near the middle of the prostomium.  One pair
 of eyes located posteriorlaterally.  Tentacular segment reduced
 dorsally and with one pair of cirriform tentacular cirri.  First
 setiger with two pairs of cirriform cirri.  Second setiger with long
 dorsal and normal ventral cirri.  Parapodia with broad foliaceous
 dorsal cirri, longer than wide.  Ventral cirri similar but smaller.
 Setae consist of composite spinigers, distally spinous.  The proboscis
 is long, smooth and with a distal circlet of about 20  papillae.

 Fig. 88. Phyllodoce arenae - Webster, 1879.  Length to 100 mm,  width
 to 2.5 mm, four antennae; prostomium heart-shaped; nuchal papilla
 present; first segment dorsally reduced fused to the second; four
 pairs of long cylindrical tentacular cirri; base of proboscis covered
 with conical papillae; except for a narrow middorsal area.

 Fig. 89. Phyllodoce fragilis - Webster, 1797.  Body long, slender
 tapering to a small heart-shaped prostomium, with 2 large circular
 eyes, and a slender tail; dorsal cirri thick cordiform in outline;
 anterior cirri same as those farther back; ventral cirri also thick,
 shorter than their respective setigerous lobe except in young
 specimens where the ventral cirri are larger.
                                 52

-------
       PLATE 17 (Figures  84-89)
88
                   53

-------
FAMILY HESIONIDAE - Sars, 1862

 Fig. 90. Gyptis vittata - Webster and Benedict,  1887.   Body Convex
 dorsally, flattened ventrally, widest in midregion tapering anteriorly
 and posteriorly.  First tentacular segment not visible dorsally.
 First four segments each with 2 pairs of tentacular cirri.   Notopodia
 a small conical lobe on the ventral side of the cirriphore  of the
 dorsal cirrus, with acicula and capillary setae.  Neuropodia conical,
 elongate; neurosetae compound.  Dorsal cirri articulated, ventral
 cirri shorter than neuropodia.  Proboscis with a distal ring of
 papillae.

 Fig. 91. Parahesione luteola - Webster, 1880.  Body dorsowrtrally
 flattened, widest in middle and tapering to either end.  Six pairs of
 long slender tentacular cirri lateral to prostomium.  Notopodia a
 stout papilla below the cirriphore of the dorsal cirrus, with a bundle
 of capillary notosetae.  Neuropodia stout, elongate; neurosetae
 compound.  Dorsal cirri articulated, longer than setae.  Proboscis
 with a  large basal portion and a narrow distal portion with small
 papillae around opening.

FAMILY PILARGIIDAE - Saint Joseph,  1899

 Fig. 92. Ancistrosyllis jonesi - Pettibone,  1966.  Body is  long and
 dorso-ventrally flattened, narrowing anteriorly.   Parapodia deeply
 cut; notopodia enlarged, conical;  notoacicula hooked.  Neuropodia
 concial, truncate, with neuroaciculum and about 8  simple setae of
 varying lengths usually terminally bifid.   Long neurosetae  smooth;
 short neurosetae  spinous.  Prostomium without eyes, with a minute
 median  antenna and two  short,  lateral antennae.   Prostomium  also with
 subtriangular palpophores and minute palpostyles.  Two pairs of  short
 tentacular cirri.present.  Ventral cirri  begin  on  setiger  3.

 Fig.  93. Sigambra bassi  - Hartman, 1945.  Body  cylindrical  anteriorly
 becomming dorsoventrally flattened posteriorly.   Prostomium with
 biarticulate  palps with  large palpophores and small palpostyles.  A
 long  median antenna  is  present and two  shorter  lateral  antennae.
 Tentacular segment  longer than following  segments and  with  two pairs
 of tentacular  cirri  similar  to lateral  antennae.

 First setiger with  long dorsal cirri.   Notopodia  conical with  acicula
 curving distally.   Stout notopodial  hooks begin after  setiger  10
  (10-15).  Dorsal  cirri  long,  extending  beyond  setal  lobes.   Neuropodia
 conical with  acicula and numerous  finely serrated setae of variable
  lengths with  capillary tips.   Ventral  cirri begin on  setiger 3,  extend
  slightly beyond setal  lobes.   Proboscis with conical  papillae
 distally.   Pygidium with long paired anal cirri.
                                  54

-------
           PLATE  18  (Figures  90-93)
                                           " -i'vr.
                               ^  £ ^ C w 2    ~  > s.y /-'   x  f   *  '/ <. ^  ^ ^  V-  ^   S
                            t> J» 4 «J ?-ft4**--^ "»'••* f>.*V "-  '*•" i-~" " ~> s ,- * \- '"-~ >"i^ Jt  "?"1
                         -   31*        t  ~ ti^J** * ^ «s«sfc-71 «i^ *fe*-»*4l> * "^i" *•*" 1
                         ?   l|'9?l'l^^'|; ^^^riV"?' jli/r^f" "»*^i  ~.4iJL'k. I
                                                    91
92
93
                         55

-------
 Not Fig. Sigambra tentaculata - Treadwell, 1941.  This species is  very
 similar to S. bassi (above).  However, in S_.  tentaculata the stout
 hooked setae begin on setiger 4 as opposed to setiger 10-14 for S_.
 bassi.

FAMILY SYLLIDAE - Grube, 1850

 Fig. 94. Autolytus sp.  Three antennae and two pairs of tentacular
 cirri.  First dorsal cirri the longest.  Nuchal organs present.
 Eversible pharynx with trepan of varying number of teeth.   Body
 flattened ventrally, convex dorsally.  Prostomium suboval,  palps
 poorly developed, fused.  Reproduction is by  budding off of stolens.

 Fig. 95. Exogone sp.  Tiny, slender, threadlike, tapered slightly  at
 both ends; dorsally convex, ventrally flattened.  Three antennae;  one
 pair of tentacular cirri.  Dorsal and ventral'cirri shorter than the
 parapodial lobes.  Dorsal cirri ovoid or papilliform.  Eversible
 pharynx with a circle of papillae and one tooth.

 Fig. 96. Typosyllis sp.  Small, three antennae, two pairs  of
 articulated tentacular cirri.  Eversible pharynx with one  tooth.
 Setae with uni-or bidentate falcigers as well as simple setae in
 posterior setigers.

FAMILY- NEREIDIDAE - Johnston, 1845

 Fig. 97. Laeonereis culveri - Webster, 1879.   First two parapodia
 without notosetae.  Dorsal cirrus small decreasing in size
 posteriorly.  Protrusable proboscis consisting of two rings; groups of
 papillae on both rings and large single papillae on anterior ventral-
 lateral areas.  Four pairs of tentacular cirri; parapodia  biramous.
 Notosetae spinigers; neurosetae spinigers and posteriorly  with
 falcigers.  Inferior notopodial lobes.

 Fig. 98. Nereis succinea-- Frey and Leuckart, 1847.  Body  long. Four
 pairs of long, slender tentacular cirri.  Parapodia very anteriorly to
 posteriorly; anteriorly with 3 notopodial ligules, the upper one
 largest, the middle one shortest.  Neuropodium with setigerons lobe,
 postsetae ligule and a lower ligule.  Dorsal  cirri about as long as
 ligules, ventral cirri shorter than the ligules.  Posteriorly the
 parapodia are markedly different; notopodium  with upper ligule
 elongated, flattened obliquely truncate distally, dorsal cirrus
 terminally located; middle notopodial ligule  reduced or lacking, lower
 one short, concial.  Neuropodium similar to anterior region except
 postsetal ligule reduced or lacking.  Eversible proboscis  with amber
 colored jaws and dark patches of denticles.
                                 56

-------
          PLATE 19 (Figures  94-98)
97
98
                     57

-------
 Not Fig. Neanthes acuminata - Moore,  1903c.   This  species  was  also
 recovered from the Tampa Bay area and is very similar to  IN.  succinea.
 The easiest way of distinguishing the two species  is  by the
 arrangement of denticles on the proboscis (see Pettibone,  1963).

FAMILY NEPHTYIDAE - Grube, 1850

 Fig. 99. Nephtys magellanica - Augener,  1912.  Prostomium broad,
 subrectangular, with a pair of black  eyespots at posterior margin.
 Two pairs of tapering antennae.   Proboscis  with 22 rows  of  distal
 papillae and an equal number of subdistal rows, proximally the surface
 is smooth.  First segment longest.

 Fig. 100. Aglaophamus verrilli - Mclntosh, 1885.  Prostomium large,
 subrectangular, with a thin anterior  margin  and two pairs of subequal
 antennae.  A pair of eyes on posterior prostomium.  Tentacular segment
 enlarged ventrally and laterally.  Ventral tentacular cirri  larger
 than antennae; slender often curved dorsal tentacular cirri.
 Parapodia with conical acicular lobes.  Notopodia with a  short
 anterior lamella and a large foliaceous posterior lamella.  A small
 digitiform dorsal cirrus projects ventrolaterally from the posterior
 notopodial lamella.  The branchia are cirriform, projecting  ventrally
 from the posterior notopodial lamella and are involuted (curling
 inwardly).  The neuropodia also consists of  two lobes, a  short bilobed
 anterior lamella and a broad foliaceous posterior lamella,,  There is a
 short cirrius on the upper edge of the neuropodia as well as a
 ventral, conical ventral cirrus.  Preacicular setae short., barred;
 postacicular setae consist of long smooth capillaries and short
 furcate and spinous setae.  Proboscis with rows of subterminal
 papillae.

FAMILY 6LYCERIDAE - Grube, 1850

 Fig. 101. Glycera americana - Leidy,   1855.  Prostomium long with
 annulations; parapodia with 4 conical lips,  2 presetal ones longer
 than 2 postsetae ones.   Branchiae retractile, form a conspicuous tuft
 when extended.  Proboscis with small, subconical and larger ovate
 organs.

 Fig. 102. Glycera dibranchiata.   Parapodia with two sharply conical
 presetal lobes. .Two bluntly conical  postsetal  lobes; anteriorly the
 upper lobe short rounded, the lower  longer,  bluntly conical, in the
 midregion, both postsetal lobes bluntly conical, the upper one
 shortest.  Posterior parapodia may have a single rounded postsetal
 lobe.  Two nonretractile branchiae;  upper one between the dorsal
 cirrus and the notopodium, the lower one anterior to the ventral
 cirrus.  Proboscis organs all similar,  small, conical, flattened.
                                  58

-------
       PLATE 20 (Figures  99-102)

99
100
101
102

-------
 FAMILY GONIADIDAE - Kinberg, 1866b

  Fig. 103. Glycinde so 11 taria - Webster, 1880.  Prostomiurn conical,
  acute with nine annulations (rings) and four small slender antennae,
  with a pair of eyes in the basal ring and a pair in the distal ring.
  Dorsal and ventral cirri large, conical.  Presetal and postsetal
  neuropodial lobes narrow about as long as cirri, neurosetae long,
  compound spinigers in a fan shaped group.  Parapodia become biramous
  posteriorly.  Three to six notosetae, acicular, falcate and hooded.
  Neuropodia longer posteriorly, presetal lobe longer than postsetal
  lobe.  Dorsal cirri reduced posteriorly.  Long, filliform anal cirri.
  Eversible proboscis with heterogeneous papillae.

ORDER SPIONIDA

 FAMILY EUNICIDAE - Savigny, 1818

  Fig. 104. Eunice sp.  Body elongate, thickened, rounded anteriorly-.
  Palps fused, prostomium and palps bilobed.  Five occipital antennae,
  middle-one longest, lateral pair shortest.  Two eyes between bases of
  lateral  occipital antennae.  Seta! lobes of parapodia rounded to
  conical, setae of various kinds.

  Fig. 105. Marphysa' sanguinea - Montagu, 1815.  Resembles Eunice but
  peristomial cirri are absent.   Anterior segments narrow., cylindrical;
  posteriorly beoming wider and  flattened.  Five short, smooth
  prostomila antennae.  Branchiae begin on segment ten or later, with
  2-6 pectinate filaments.  Dorsal and ventral cirri short,, digitiform.
  Various  setal types; heterogomph spinigerous, posterior bifid, hooded
  acicula; and anteriorly to posteriorly varying comb setae.

 FAMILY ONUPHIDAE - Kinberg, 1865

  Fig. 106. Diopatra cuprea - Bosc, 1802.  Live in long permanent
  tubes.  Anterior end cylindrical becoming dorsoventrally flattened
  more posteriorly, tapering abruptly at posterior end.  Prostomium
  suboval  with two short conical antennae and five occipital antennae
  with about 8-1P basal (ceratophore) rings.  Large ventral, globular
  palps present.  Parapodia of first four setigers modified, extending
  anterior ventrally and slightly enlarged.  Dorsal cirri short,
  becoming longer, more cirriform posteriorly.  Ventral cirri  short,
  conical  on first five setigers, wide and flat from six on.  Branchiae
  begin on setiger 4 or 5, with  a short, cylindrical  base and  spiraled
  filaments.  Branchiae become gradually reduced posteriorly.
                                  60

-------
        PLATE 21  (Figures  103-106)
103
104
105
106
                  61

-------
  Fig. 107. Onuphis eremita oculata - Hartman, 1951.  Long slender
  body.  Prostomium with two circular eyespots behind the frontal
  antennae, and a shallow median sulcus.  Branchiae with single
  filaments present from the first setiger increasing to two filaments
  at about segment 20 for about 8 segments, and 3-6 pectinate filaments
  to about the posterior third of the body; filaments then diminish to
  two and gradually to a single small knob.  Dorsal cirri larger than
  branchiae and similar throughout.  Ventral cirri cirriform for about
  six segments, then pad!ike.  Their tube is long and flexible
  consisting of a thin membrane coated with a layer of fine sand.

FAMILY LUMBRINERIDAE - Malmgren, 1867

  Fig. 108. Lumbrineris spp. Peristomium conical to rounded, with or
  without 1-3 nuchal papillae.  Without eyes.  Palps present.  Proboscis
  with paired ventral mandibles.

FAMILY SPIONIDAE - Grube, 1850

  Fig. 109. Polydora ligni - Webster, 1879.  Setiger five with modified
  setae,  branchia first present on setiger seven and continue for only  a
  few segments.  Prostomium anteriorly cleft, with four dark eyespots.
  Prostomial caruncle with a median antenna inserted between the palpal
  bases.

  Fig. 110. Polydora social is - Schmarda, 1861.  Setiger five with
  modified setae, that are heavy acicular, nearly straight, and blunt.
  Neuropodia with bifid, hooded hooks.  Prostomium anteriorly cleft with
  many small eyespots, between palpal bases.  Branchia present from
  segment eight becoming larger on middle segments and absent from many
  posterior segments.  Pygidium with a broad disc dorsally cleft.

  Fig. 111. Paraprionospio pinnata - Ehlers, 1901.  Prostomium
  anteriorly rounded, 2-6 small eyes which may be faded.  Vertical wings
  lateral to prostomium formed from the fused peristomium and first
  setiger.  Palps long with a membrane along outer side.  Three pairs of
  branchia on setigers 2-4.  Anterior notopodia long, membranous,
  distally pointed, diminishing posteriorly.  Neuropodia with hooded
  uncini  alternating with capillary setae and one or two inferior-most
  genital spines.

  Fig. 112. Prionospio heterobranchia - Moore, 1907.  Elongate,
  snoutlike prostomium.  Two pairs of eyes, one large pair, one small.
  Five pairs of branchia, the second and third pairs smooth and
  cirriform, the others pulmose.  Neuropodia with pointed setae on all
  segments, additionally hooded hooks begin at about segment 14 and
  gradually increase in number.  Hooded hooks also present in notopodia
  first present in segment 35 and increasing in number posteriorly.
                                  62

-------
                              PLATE  22 (Figures  107-112)
                                                                       *
                     107
108
f^//i»w^f '?'*** vii

P**!*^/^"*^  ^« ^^Vr'*' ^  -^ *^ ^/^

\j&*sii'f'£-t' - •*' ' ~-  s '^'  f  -**-"• '-
*15/'v-'*1"
                     109
110
                     111
112
                                           63

-------
  Fig. 113. Spio pettiboneae - Foster, 1970.  Prostomium rounded
  anteriorly, extending back to setiger two.  Two pairs of small eyes.
  Peristomium broad, partially fused setiger one.  Each setiger with
  small notopodial and neuropodial lobes and a pair of long curved
  branchia.  Small oval postsetal lobes on neuropodia.  Capillary
  notosetae with fine punctate blades.  Hooded hooks from setiger seven,
  bidentate becoming tridentate more posterior.  Neurosetae similar but
  shorter.

 FAMILY CHAETOPTERIDAE - Malmgren, 1867.

  Fig. 114. Chaetopterus variopedatus - Renier, 1804.  Commonly called
  the "parchment worm" because it inhabits a secreted tube of thick
  paperlike consistency which is "U" shaped, widest in the middle and
  constricted at both openings.  A filter feeder with a body of 3
  distinct regions.  Anterior region with uniramous parapodia and lance
  shaped setae.  Setiger 4 with stout spines.  Biramous parapodia
  present on median region; some notopodia fused to form dorsal fans;
  all notopodia of median region asetigerous; pectinate uncini on
  neuropodia.  Posterior region with long, pointed, asetigerous
  notopodia with a few acicula; pectiniform uncini in neuropodia.  A
  common worm but difficult to collect intact with remote sampling gear
  because of relatively large size (animal about 20 cm, in a larger
  tube) and the depth which the tube is burried beneath the sediment (to
  about 10-15 cm).

  Fig. 115. Spiochaetopterus costarum oculatus - Webster, 1879.  A long
  slender worm inhabiting a delicate transparent annulated tube.  Body
  with 3 regions.  There is a conspicuous ventral dark patch on setigers
  6 and 7, a white patch from setigers 7 to 9.  Prostomium oval; buccal
  segment large and fleshy.  Antennae absent; palps long.  Anterior
  region with uniramous flattened setigers.  Fourth setiger with one
  pair of stout brown setae.  Middle region bilobed; neuropodia with
  pectinate uncini.  Posterior region with pointed notopodia containing
  acicula; neuropodia with pectinate uncini.

ORDER ORBINIIDA

 FAMILY ORBINIIDAE - Hartman, 1942

  Fig. 116. Scoloplos foliosus - Hartman, 1951.  Body thickest at
  thorax,  slightly flattened; posteriorly more cylindrical,  tapering to
  the end.  There is a thick, collar-like pygidium with dorsolateral
  thread-like filaments.  Prostomium acute, triangular, without eyes.
  Thoracic setae pointed, fan shaped arrangement.  Abdomen begins at
  segments 17-19 with parapodia having distinct lobes.  Breinchiae
  present  from segment 18 with lateral margins of long fimbriae.
                                  64

-------
        PLATE 23 (Figures  113-116)
113
114
 115
116
                    65

-------
   Fig.  117.  Scoloplos rubra - Webster,  1879.   Long  and  slender,  the
   thorax dorsoventrally flattened;  an  acute equitriangular  prostomium,
   and lacking eyes.   Large branchiae present  from segment six.   Thoracic
   neuropodia with 3-5 rows of uncinal  hooks and  a few slender pointed
   setae in the upper portion of the fascicle. Abdominal notopodia with
   2 or  more furcate  spines.  Abdominal  notoacicula  embedded alDOut 3  to a
   fascicle,  neuroacicula single,  thick  projecting curved rods.   Ciliated
   dorsal mounds begin near the end  of  the thoracic  region and become
   more  prominent on  later segments. Two dorsal  and two ventral  anal
   appendages.

 ORDER CAPITELLIDA

  FAMILY OPHELIIDAE - Malmgren, 1867

   Fig.  118.  Travisia hobsonae - Santos, 1977. A short  subfusiform-
   fusiform body (a)  to about 27 mm  in  length  completely covered  with
   small, rounded pustulae; 30-31  setigerous segments, 28-29 pairs of
   branchiae (or fewer in juveniles) which begin  on  setiger  3.   Small
   conical prostomium with 2 nuchal  pits on dorsal base  (b).  Segment 1
   achaetous, segment 2 biannulate dorsally but not  ventrally.   Mouth ,
   ventral (c) between setigers 1  and 2 (segments 2  and  3).   Eversible
   proboscis segment, well developed, folded and  smooth. Setigers 2-12
   triannulate, 13-26 or 27 biannulate,  annuli discontinuous laterally;
   setae inserted on  posterior annuli  (f). Setigers 27  to 28 to  end
   entire.  Mono- and neuropodial  setae, simple capillary and hispid  (g).,
   present on all setigers.  Simple  cirriform  branchiae  present  from
   setiger, often withdrawn into body.   Terminal  anus surrounded  by 5 -
   large, rounded lobes (e), and in  larger specimens, up to  4 minor
   lobes.  Since this species was only  recently described, the original
   drawings have been reproduced (courtesy of  Dr.  Stuart L.  Santos).

 ORDER TEREBELLIDA

  FAMILY TEREBELLIDAE

   Fig.  119.  Pista cristata - Muller,  1776. Body tapering posteriorly.
   Thorax consists of 17 setigers with  uncini  present from setiger 2.
   Many abdominal segments.  Prostomium with many dorsal long slender
   tentacles; ventrally with a straight distal edge  with a medial notch.
   Large lateral luppets on segments 2-4.  Ventral scutes present on
   thorax, decreasing in size posteriorly.  Notosetae present from
   segment 4.  Uncini each consist of a 1-arge  main fang  and  surmounted  by
   several rows of many teeth.

CLASS OLIGOCHAETA  ORDER HAPLOTAXIDA

 FAMILY  TUBIFICIDAE

   Fig.  120.  Some examples of Tampa  Bay oligochaetes.
                                   66

-------
        PLATE  24  (Figures 117-120}
117
118
                   119

-------
                                  SECTION  7

                              PHYLUM ARTHROPODA
Definition:  The arthropods have a segmented body and segmented appendages
             with a chitinous exoskeleton.  They have an extensive
             hemocoel, a reduced coelom, an open circulatory system and a
             complete digestive tract.

The phylum Arthropoda surpasses all other phyla in diversity,
distribution, number of species, and number of individuals.  It contains
the insects, spiders, crustaceans, pycnogonids, horseshoe crabs,,
millipedes, centipedes, etc.  The arthropod exoskeleton is a chemical
complex containing chitin, a nitrogenous polysaccharide.  There are three
major body regions:  a head, thorax, and abdomen, each composed of one or
more segments.  The arthropods are believed to have evolved from the
polychaetes or from an ancestor common to both.

There are three subphyla:  Trilobitomorpha, the fossil trilobites;
Chelicerata, consisting of the classes Merostomata, Arachnida and
Pycnogonida: and Mandibulata, which includes six classes, the Crustacea,
Insecta,  Chilopoda, Diplopoda, Symphyla, and Pauropoda.  Only three of
these classes -- the Merostomata, the horseshoe crabs; Pycnogonida, the
sea spiders; and the Crustacea — have  living marine representatives which
are considered in this text.

CLASS CRUSTACEA

The crustaceans are a highly diverse  assemblage, primarily aquatic but
also containing terrestrial forms.  Because of this diversity, a useful,
concise definition is impractical.  They possess mandibles as feeding
appendages and two pairs  of antennae  as sensory structures.  Included  in
this class are some of the most familiar arthropods, such as crabs,
shrimps and  lobsters.

Generally, there are  several recognizable body regions present  in most
crustaceans.  Beginning  anteriorly, there are two pairs of antennae.  The
mandibles  are the third  pair of appendages, often short and  heavy with
opposing grinding and biting surfaces used for feeding.  Two pairs of
accessory  feeding appendages,  the first and second maxillae, are  located
behind the mandibles.

A trunk region follows the  head and  is  much less uniform  in  structure.
Always the trunk is differentiated  into two regions, the more  anterior-
thorax and a more posterior  abdomen.  The number of  segments present  in

                                     68

-------
 each  region  may characteristically vary from group to group.   In  many
 crustaceans,  a  dorsal  carapace covers  the  thorax,  and is  fused to varying
 degrees  with  the underlying  segments.   In  some crustaceans,  such  as  the
 Ostracoda, the  carapce completely encloses the body like  bivalve  shell.
 The appendages  of the  thorax are  multi-segmented  and typically biramous.
 The anterior  appendages are  usually modified for  feeding  or  grasping,  the
 more  posterior  appendages  modified for walking or  swimming.   The
 appendages of the abdomen, also biramous,  are usually modified for
 swimming or  gas exchange.

 Many  groups  of  Crustacea are represented by the Tampa Bay fauna.   Of these
 groups,  the Amphipoda,  Decapoda and Isopoda were  usually  the  most abundant
 both  in  numbers of species and individuals.   However,  groups  such as the
 Cumacea  and Ostracoda  were represented by  a few species that  occasionally
 occurred in  large numbers.

 SUBCLASS CEPHALOCARIDA (Figure 121)  ORDER REMITEDIA

 Definition:   Cephalocarida are small,  shrimplike crustaceans  up to 3 mm in
              length.   They have a horseshoe-shaped head, without eyes and
              with two  pairs  of short antennae.  The head  is followed by an
              elongated  trunk  of nineteen segments,  eight  or nine  of  which
              bear nearly .identical  triramous  appendages.

 This  subclass was established after.the  discovery  of a unique  primitive
 crustacean Hutchinsoniella macracantha Sanders, 1955, from Long Island
 Sound.   Since that  time, seven additional  species  of cephalocarids have
 been  described  from benthic  studies over various parts of  the  world.

 Only  one  species  of cephalocarid  was taken from Tampa Bay, Lightiella
 floridana McLaughlin.  1976.   This  species was  first  recorded from Anclote
 Anchorage and is  presently the only cephalocarid known to  occur in the
 Gulf  of  Mexico.

 SUBCLASS OSTRACODA  (Figures 122-124)   ORDERS  PODOCOPIDA, MYODOCOPINA ,

 Definition:  Body entirely enclosed in a bivalved  carapace, hinged
             dorsally with a  noncalcareous cuticle and closed  by
             transverse muscles. Generally small with adults less than  1
             mm in  length, but  some species 1-2 mm  in length.

 There are about 2,000 described species  inhabiting both marine and fresh
 water.  The carapace may be pigmented  and bear spines, setae and
 tubercles, and conceals the internal anatomy.  The body has lost all
 traces of segmentation with the trunk being much reduced,   and the head
 comprising about  one-half the  body.  The head bears four pairs of
 appendages; antennules, antennae,  mandibles and maxillae.   The thoracic
 region has three  or fewer pairs of appendages usually modified for
 grooming, locomotion or other functions.

Most ostracods are burrowers, or crawl  about among benthic plants and
detritus.
                                    69

-------
Ostracod faunas of the Tampa Bay area have not been well studied.
Identification requires disection and detailed examination of the various
body parts.  Due to their small size, and because many species exhibit
sexual, ontogenetic and environmentally caused polymorphisms, ostracods
are often  ignored in benthic studies.  However, three species recognizable
by external characteristics and large enough to be retained on a 0.5 mm
sieve were collected from Tampa Bay.  Descriptions given here are brief
and based only on the externally visible characters.  The appropriate
literature should be consulted for positive identification.

SUBCLASS CIRRIPEDIA (Barnacles) (Figure 125)

Definition:  Crustaceans enclosed in a shell of calcareous plates, which
             may be interlocking and conical in shape or flattened and
             held together by tissue.

Barnacles  are the only  sessile group of crustaceans  apart from exclusively
parasitic  forms.  They  are exclusively marine  and most  species are free-
living,  attaching to any firm substrate.  Some barnacles live as
commensals and there are also large numbers of parasitic forms.  Only  one
species  of barnacles, Balanus amphitrite Darwin,  1854,  was regularly
collected  from the Tampa Bay benthos.  These specimens  were  usually
attached to fragments of  shell or other sold  debris.

ORDER THORACICA

Definition:  Barnacles  with six pairs of well-developed cirri* and the
             mantle usually covered with calcareous  plates.   Free-living
             and  commensal forms.

SUBORDER BALANOMORPHA  (Acorn Barnacles)

Definition:  Symmetrical  sessile  barnacles  enclosed  by  rigid wall  plates
              (Carina)  and with  the  aperture closed  off  by  the paired
             moveable  terga  and  scuta.

 SUBCLASS MALACOSTRACA  (Figures 126-204)

The subclass Malacostraca contains  about  three-fourths  of  all the
 crustacean species  and most  of the  larger  forms,  such as  crabs,  lobsters
 and shrimp.  .A basic  malacostracan  is  composed of fourteen segments  and a
 telson.  The first  eight segments form the thorax,  and  the last  six  the
 abdomen; all  segments  bear appendages.   The first antennae' may  be
 biramous.   The exopodite of  the second antennae may be  a.  flattened scale.
 The mandible  may bear a palp;  each  maxillae usually bears  a palp.

 The thoracic  appendages (legs)  may be similar or variously modified.   The
 first one, two,  or three pairs may be modified to form maxillipeds.   The
 fourth and fifth may be chelate and subchelate.
                                     70 .

-------
 The first five pairs of abdominal appendages, usually biramous and
 similar,  are called pleopods.  The pleopods may be used for swimming or
 may be modified to carry eggs or for gas exchange.  The sixth pair of
 abdominal appendages is usually modified into large flattened pieces
 (uropods) which,  in conjunction with the flattened telson, may be used for
 swimming.

 There is  a great  deal  of variation among the orders of Malacostraca from
 the basic body plan.

 ORDER NEBALIACEA  (Figure 126)

 Definition:   Primitive shrimp!ike Crustacea with a well-developed carapace
              covering  but not fused with the thoracic segments.
              Anteriorly,  there  is a short,  hinged rostral  plate.   Stalked
              eyes  are  present.   There are seven abdominal  segments instead
              of the usual  six present in other  Malacostraca.   Eight pairs
              of similar thoracic appendages;  the major segments
              flattened.  Abdomen with four  pairs of biramous  swimming
              appendages and  two pairs of smaller uniramous appendages.

 ORDER STOMATOPODA  (Mantis  Shrimps)  (Figure  127)

 Definition:   Body  elongate,  dorsoventrally  flattened.   They have  a small,
              shield-like  carapace;  four  thoracic segments  are  exposed.
              The abdomen  is  longer  than  the thorax.   The telson is broad,
              uropods biramous.   Eyes  are on stalks,  first  antennae large,
              triramous, with  a  large  fringed  antennal  scale.   There  are
              eight  thoracic  appendages;  the first  five are uniramous and
              subchelate, the  second pair is greatly  enlarged for  raptorial
              feeding;  the  last  three  are slender and  not chelate.  The
              pleopods  are well  developed and  bear  gills.

Most  stomatopods live  within  burrows  excavated  in  the  benthos.  Although
they  may  be quite common, they  are seldom collected with sampling  gear
which does not  penetrate deeply  into  the  sediment  because  of the  depth of
the burrows.  Mantis shrimps  are raptorial, feeding on small fish,
crustaceans and other  invertebrates.

Only  one  species of  stomatopod, Squill a  empusa Say, 1818,  representing the
family Squillidae, was collected from Tampa Bay.

ORDER MYSIDACEA (Figures 130-132)

Definition:  Small shrimp-like crustaceans, most of which are from a few
             millimeters to several centimeters  in length.   Thorax covered
             with  a carapace, which is not united with the  last four
             thoracic segments.   The carapace may extend anteriorly as a
             rostrum.  The compound eyes, when present, are stalked.  The
             first and sometimes second thoracic appendages are modified
             as maxillipeds.  The remaining six or seven pairs  of thoracic
             appendages are similar and may be subchelate.   The antennules

                                    71

-------
             are biramous; the antennae have a large scale-like
             exopodite.  The pleopods may be reduced; the uropods are
             flattened, forming a fan tail.

There are two suborders of mysids:  the Lophogastrida, primarily oceanic
demersal or planktonic forms; and the Mysida, which are considered here.
Most of the Mysida, including the two species shown below, have a
statocyst within the proximal third of the uropod endopod (Figure 128).
Females have 2-3 pairs of oostegites forming a brood pouch, where the
young are maintained until hatching (Figure 129).  There is no free larval
stage.

Mysids  were collected  regularly from the  study  area,  but  never in large
numbers.

ORDER CUMACEA (Figures 133-136)

Definition:  Small pericaridans with an enlarged head and thorax  and a
             long, narrow abdomen which terminates in slender  biramous
             uropods.  Carapace present and fused with the first  3-4
             thoracic  segments, leaving 4-5 segments exposed.  Females
             lack abdominal  appendages except for uropods; males  vary
             having 0-5 pairs of pleopods. Eyes may be lacking or small or
             medially  fused.

The enlarged thorax and long, narrow abdomen give the Cumacea  a very
distinctive shape.  Some species may grow  as large as 35 mm, but  most
species including those from Tampa Bay, are only 3-8 mm in length as
adults.  The cumaceans burrow just beneath the  surface of the  sediment
where they feed by removing  food particles from sand and detritus.  Some
of the  characteristics important for identification are:  the  presence  or
absence of a free telson, the shape and ornamentation of the carapace,  the
number  of segments comprising the uropods, numbers of spines,  etc.

ORDER TANAIDACEA (Figure  132)

Definition:  Small peracaridans with the  cephalothorax composed  of  the
             firs't and second thoracic segments, forming a short
             carapace.  The  first pair of  thoracic appendages  are modified
             as maxillipeds, the second pair as fully chelate  gnathopods,
             and the third pair adapted for burrowing.  The remaining five
             pairs of  legs are  usually similar.

The tanaids bear similarities to both the  Isopoda and Cumacea.  They were
formerly classified with the isopods and many keys and invertebrate guides
treat both orders simultaneously.  They are almost exclusively marine and
usually small,  less than 5 mm in  length.   Tanaids were infrequently
collected, the  few specimens obtained were not  identified to species level.
                                   72

-------
ORDER  ISOPODA  (Figures  138-147)

Definition:  Dorsoventrally-flattened peracaridans without  a  carapace.
             There are  two pairs  of  uniramous  antennae.  The  eyes  are
             sessile.   The first  pair of  thoracic appendages  are modified
             to form maxillipeds,  the remaining  seven  pairs are uniramous
             and usually adapted  for crawling; the first three may be
             prehensile or subchelate. There are five  pairs of leaf-like
             pleopods,  and a single  pair  of uropods  (usually  biramous).

The Isopoda is the largest order  of  crustaceans  aside  from the Decapoda.
Most species are marine, although  there are also freshwater,  terrestrial,
and parasitic forms.  In spite of  their abundance, isopods are rarely
obtained from the soft  bottom benthos of  Tampa Bay.  Most species  perfer
solid substrates and can be found  crawling on pilings, mangrove roots or
driftwood, or among barnacles, oysters, or shell material.  They are also
found clinging to algae or seagrasses.  Some species of isopods (the wood
borers) are economically important because of the extensive damage  they
can cause to deck pilings, boats,  and other wooden structures.

SUBORDER ANTHURIDEA (Figure 138-140)
Definition:
             Body  cylindrical  and  long,  usually  over  5  times  as  long  as
             wide.  The exopods  of  the uropod  are  usually  flexed  over the
             telson.  The first  pair  of  peraopods  are usually enlarged and
             subchelate.  The  first pair of  pleopods  modified to  form an
             operculum covering  the other pairs.

FAMILY ANTHURIDAE  (Figure 138-140)

Definition:  In addition to the  characteristics  for the suborder, the
             ANTHURIDAE frequently  possess statocysts on the  pleotelson;
             the mouth parts are normal  (i.e.  adapted for  chewing); and
             the first pair of peraeopods are  subchelate.

SUBORDER VALVIFERA (Figure 141-146)

Definition:  The uropods are attached ventrolaterally to form  a cover  over
             the pleopods.  The first antennae are stout with  the
             flagellum formed of a  single fused  segment.  The  mandible is
             without a palp.

FAMILY IDOTEIDAE (Figures 141-143)

Definition:  Valvifera with distinct dorsoventrally-flattened  bodies;
             second pair of antennae usually longer than the first;
             flagellum with a single,  long article and few or no apical
             articles.  Pareopods all  similar,  first pair usually stout.
             Mouth parts of chewing and biting  types,  well  developed.
             Uropods mostly uniramous.
                                    73

-------
FAMILY SPHAEROMIDAE (Figures 144-146)

Definition:  Body usually short, oval and convex.  Cephalon separated from
             the first peraeonal somite.  Pleopods are enclosed within a
             chamber formed by the pleon and pleotelson.  Animals
             characteristically contract into a complete or partial ball.

This family was further divided into three groups (Hansen, 1905) based on
the structure of the pleopoda:  the Hemibranchiatae, Eubranchiatae, and
the PIatybranchiatae.  Further discussion of these groups is not necessary
for this manual.  For further information, see Hansen (1905) or Menzies
(1968).

SUBORDER ASELLOTA (Figure 147)

Definition:  Contains a large number of species usually very small  in
             size.  All or most of the pleonal segments are fused.  The
             first or first and second pleopods form an operculum  over a
             branchial cavity.

This  suborder is further divide into three superfamilies  (based on the
pleopodal  structures):  Stenetriioidea, Aselloidea, and Paraselloidea (see
Menzies,  1962).

ORDER AMPHIPODA  (Figures 148-179)

Definition:  Paracaridans of  small to medium size without  a carapace and
             usually  laterally  compressed to a varying  degree.  First
             and/or second  thoracic  segments may be fused  to head. Seven
             thoracic segments, the  paraeon, bearing uniramous  walking
             appendages.  Six abdominal  segments; the first three  referred
             to  as the pleon  with  paired  biramous pleopods, the last three
             with  paired biramous  uropods.  Two  pairs of  antennae
             present.  Eyes normally sessile.  Eggs are carried in a brood
             pouch.

The order Amphipoda  is  a  large  group of  crustaceans with  marine freshwater
 and terrestrial  representatives.   There  are four recognized  suborders:
Gammaridea,  Hyperiidea, Caprellida,  and  Ingolfiellidea.   There  are no
 representatives  of the  Hyperiidae, exclusively marine  and pelagic; or the
 Ingolfeillidae,  a  tiny  interstitial  group presented here.

 Figure 149 shows a generalized  gammaridean  amphipod.   Virtually all of  the
 labeled features are  modified to  various degrees among  the different
 families and species.

 SUBORDER GAMMARIDEA  (Figure 148-179)

 Definition:   Body shrimplike.  Peraeon with  seven segments,  appendages
              possessing large coxal  plates.   Abdomen  with six  segmets and
              with  appendages.  Eyes usually present.   Pleopods biramous;
              three pairs  of uropods; uropods  are biramous.
                                    74

-------
The  Gammaridea  is  the  largest  of  the  four  suborders,  containing  over  3300
species.

FAMILY GAMMARIDAE  (Figure  148)

Definition:  Basically the  same characters  as the  suborder  definition.
             Antennae  with  accessory  flagellum.  Gnathopods one  and two
             subchelate, second usually  larger.  Peraeopods three through
             five  successively increasing  in length.  Peduncle of uropod
             one with  proximal anterior  spines; rami  of  uropod three
             usually foliaceous.  Telson often deeply cleft.

FAMILY MELITIDAE (Figures  150-152)

Definition:  Body  smooth,  slender.  Coxae  shallow.  Gnathopods,  antennae
             and uropod three exhibit varying degrees of sexual
             dimorphism.  Eye small,  round.  Gnathopod two  larger than
             one.  The seventh peraeopod is the longest.  Peduncle of
             first uropod has an  anterior proximal spine.   Uropod three is
             large, spinose, with inner rami usually  reduced.  Telson
             cleft, bearing spines.

FAMILY LILJEBORGIIDAE  (Figure 153)

Definition:  Coxae large, deep.  Pleosome and urosome may be dorsally
             dentate or spinose.  Gnathopods, uropods and telson sexually
             dimorphic. Antennae two  longer than antennae one.  Accessory
             flagellum with two or more segments.  Gnathopods large,
             subchelate.  Seventh peraeopod is longest.  Uropods are
             biramous; rami of uropod three are lanceolate.  Telson deeply
             cleft.

FAMILY BATEIDAE (Figure 154)

Definition:  Body smooth or dorsally carinate.   Third and fourth coxal
             plates large;  first coxa reduced;  coxa five with an extended
             posterior lobe.  Eye large,  rectangular; head with a
             depressed rostrum.  Both antennae long,  subequal, without
             accessory flagellum.   First  gnathopod vestigal, second
             subchelate.  Paraeopods five through seven increasing in
             length.   Telson short,  cleft.

FAMILY STENOTHOIDAE (Figures 155-156)

Definition:  Body small, smooth.   Coxa of segments two to four large,
             shield-like;  coxa one small, covered by  coxa two.  Head
             short; round  eyes.  Antennae two slightly longer than
             antennae one;  accessory flagellum small  or missing.
             Gnathopod one  subchelate or  simple,  smaller than gnathopod
             two,  which is  subchelate. Remaining paraeopods short,  nearly
             equal  in length.   Third uropod uniramous.  Telson entire.
                                    75

-------
 FAMILY LEUCOTHOIDAE (Figure 157)

 Definition:   Body short, compact,  smooth.  Antennae short,  flagellae
              shorter than peduncles;  accessory flagellum very small.
              Coxae variable.   Gnathopod one chelate,  carpus lobe very
              slender elongate; gnathopod two subchelate, very large.
              Basis of peraeopods three through five broad.   Uropod one
              longer than uropod two.   Telson entire.

 FAMILY OEDICEROTIDAE (Figures  158-159)

 Definition:   Rostrum large; body smooth with large abdomen.  Eyes located
              dorsally,  appear  as one.   Antennae two longer  than  antennae
              one;  accessory flagellum  small  or lacking.   Coxal plates
              moderately deep.   Gnathopod one subchelate; gnathopod two
              subchelate or chelate.  Peraeopods three through six short;
              peraeopod  seven elongate.  Uropods slender, biramious.   Telson
              small,  entire.

 FAMILY HAUSTOIIDAE (Figure 160)

 Definition:   Body  broad,  smooth.   Urosome may be spinose or setose.
              Antenna one with  accessory flagellum is  shorter than antennae
              two.  Gnathopods  one  and  two subchelate,  simple or  minutely
              chelate.   Peraeopods  five,  six  and seven  modified for
              burrowing;  peraeopod  six  longest.   Uropods  usually  biramous;
              uropod  three different from one and two.  Telson small,
              normally cleft.

FAMILY ARGISSIDAE  (Figure 161)

Definition:   Body  slender, smooth.  Segments of  peraeon  short, deep.   Coxa
              one,  two and three decrease  in  size;  coxa four  large.   Head
              short.  Antennae  two  longer  than  antennae one,  accessory
              flagellum present.  Coxas  five,  six  and  seven with  large
              posterior  lobe; coxas four  largest.   Gnathopods simple  or
              sub-  chelate.  Peraeopods  three  and  four weak;  five, six  and
              seven,  larger, subequal.   Uropods  biramous.  Telson  cleft.

FAMILY PHOXOCEPHALIDAE (Figures 162-163)

Definition:  With  a smooth fusiform body.  Coxa deep, fourth largest,
             margins bearing setae.  A broad rostrum overhangs base of
             antennae.  First  antennae short, with accessory flagellum.
             Male and female dimorphic.  Antennae two with elongate
             flagellum.  Gnathopods subchelate or chelate.  Peraeopod six
             longest, seven short.  Basis of peraeopods  six and seven
             expanded.  Uropods biramous, spinose.  Telson cleft.
                                    76

-------
 FAMILY ATYLIDAE (Figure 164)

 Definition:  Body much compressed.  Urosome with carina; and with segments
              two and three united.  Rostrum prominent, eyes located
              laterally.  Accessory flagellum small or lacking.  Gnathopods
              subchelate, subequal, sexually dimorphic.  Peraeopod three
              larger than four.  Uropod two shorter than one.  Telson cleft.

 FAMILY AMPELISCIDAE (Figures 165-166)

 Definition:  Body smooth,  head longer than deep.  Usually four eyes.
              Second antennae longer than first.  Coxal plates deep,  lower
              margins setose.  Gnathopods simple or subchelate.  Dactyls of
              pereaopods three and four elongate; dactyls of five and six
              short.  Peraeopod seven shortest,  different from five and
              six.   Uropod  three lanceolate, foliaceous.

 FAMILY LYSIANASSIDAE (Figure 167)

 Definition:  Body  deep,  subfusiform.   First four coxal,plates  large, deep;
              fourth coxa with a distal posterior protrusion.   Coxa five,
              six and seven  deep.   Head small; eyes  large.   Antennae  one
              short,  first peduncle segment inflated;  accessory flagellum
              large.  Antennae two  slender;  short in female,  long in  male.
              First  gnathopod  simple,  chelate or subchelate;  second
              gnathopod  slender  chelate or  subchelate.  Peraeopods  five,
              six and seven  subequal or successively longer.  Uropods
              biramous.  Telson  deeply  cleft.

 FAMILY AORIDAE (Figures  168-171)

 Definition:   Body slender,  smooth, depressed.   Coxa medium or small; coxa
              one largest, produced anteriorly;  coxa five with a  deep
              anterior lobe.   Head blunt, rostrum short.  Antennae  one
              longer  than antennae two;  accessory flagellum usually
              present.  Gnathopod one and antennae two sexually dimorphic.
              Gnathopods subchelate; gnathopod one larger in males.
              Seventh peraeopod  longest.  Uropods slender, usually
              biramous.  Telson  short, entire.

FAMILY AMPITHOIDAE (Figure 172)
Definition:
Body smooth, not strongly laterally flattened.  Pronounced
sexual dimorphism.  Coxae deep; smooth or setose distally.
Fourth and fifth coxae largest.  Eyes rounded on a short
anterior lobe.  Antennae longer than antennae two; accessory
flagallum short or lacking.   Gnathopods strongly subchelate,
second usually larger.  The uropods are biramous; rami of
uropod three are shorter than peduncle.
                                   77

-------
FAMILY AMPHILOCHIDAE (Figure 173)

Definition:  Accessory flagellum absent.  Head with a conspicuous rostrum.
             Coxa one is very small, partially hidden by following coxae;
             coxae two sometimes as small as coxa one, or as large as
             three.  Coxae three and four enlarged.  Gnathopods subchelate
             or simple, small to medium size.  Telson entire,,  Uropods
             three biramous.

FAMILY COROPHIIDAE (Figures 174-178)

Definition:  Urosome depressed, body smooth; coxae short, shallow.  Head
             short with a prominent eye lobe.  Antennae one equal to or
             shorter than antennae two; accessory flagellum lacking.
             Gnathopod one subchelate; gnathopod two subchelate or simple,
             larger than one.  Pleopods short, stout.  Uropod three short,
             usually uniramous.  Telson short, broad.

GENUS Corophium (Figures 175-177)

Body very  depressed.  Coxae small, separated.  Anterior laobes of head
prominent, with eyes.  Antennae two longer than antennae one,.  Peduncular
segments of antennae two, stout.  Gnathopod  one weakly subchelate; gnatho-
pod two simple.  Peraeopods five and six short; peraeopod seven  long.
Pleonal side plates small, separated; pleopods short.  Uropods one and two
biramous,  uropod three uniramous.  Telson broad, small.
Three species of Corophium were recovered from Tampa Bay.
species or subspecies of those they closely resemble.

FAMILY PODOCERIDAE  (Figure 179)
They may be new
Definition:  Body depressed, slender.  Coxae small,  separated.  Gnathopods
             sexually dimorphic.  Antennae elongate, strongly setose
             posteriorly.  Accessory flagellum present, reduced, or
             lacking.  Gnathopods one  and two usually  subchelate.
             Gnathopod two largest.  Peraeopods five,  six  and seven
             increasing  in length.  Urosome one elongate;  urosome three
             small or fused with two.  Uropods one  and two biramous.
             Uropod three abnormal, reduced or lacking.  Telson small,
             oval.

ORDER DECAPODA  (Figures  181-182)

Definition:  Malacostracan crustaceans in which the first  three pairs of
             thoracic appendages are modified as maxillipeds; and the
             remaining five pairs of thoracic appendages are legs, the
             first pair  which  often is modified as  a cheliped.  The  legs
             are usually without exopodites.  The head is  fused with the
             thoracic segments dorsally  and the gills  are  enclosed in
             lateral branchial  chambers  formed by the  overhanding carapace.
                                   78

-------
             The Decapoda are traditionally divided into two suborders:
             The Natantia, shrimps (Figure 181); and the Reptantia,
             lobsters, crayfish and crabs (Figure 182).

SUBORDER NATANTIA (Figures 180-181; 183-192)

Definition:  Body laterally compressed.  Rostrum normally laterally
             compressed and serrated.  Antennules usually with a
             stylocerite.  Antennal scales large and flattened.  Legs
             slender, similar except when any of the first three pairs are
             chelate or subchelate.  All the abdominal segments bear
             pleopods which are well developed and used for swimming.  The
             first abdominal segment equal or slightly subequal to the
             rest.

FAMILY PENAEIDAE (Figure 180)

Definition:  Shrimplike crustaceans.  Well developed rostrum usually with
             teeth.  The first three pairs of thoracic appendages are
             chelate; all thoracic appendages slender.  Eyes variously
             elongate.  Antennules with two flagella.  Pleura of the
             second abdominal segment does not overlap the pleura of the
             first abdominal segments.

FAMILY SERGESTIDAE (Figure 183)

Definition:  Penaeids in which the last two pairs of thoracic appendages
             (legs) are reduced or lost and the gills are few or lost.

FAMILY PALAEMONIDAE (Figure 184)

Definition:  The first two pairs of legs are chelate; the second pair
             usually larger than the first; carpus of the second pair not
             divided.  Rostrum usually toothed; mandible usually with an
             incisor process.  The pleura of the second abdominal segment
             overlaps the pleura of the first and third segments.

FAMILY ALPHEIDAE (Figures 185-188)

Definition:  Carapace smooth, usually projecting over eyes.  Rostrum
             reduced; antenna! and branchiostegal spines absent.  Base of
             antennae cylindrical, shorter than combined length of other
             two articles.  Antennal scale seldom longer than peduncle.
             Chela of first pair of legs, large; carpus short.  Second
             legs weakly developed; the propodi of the third to fifth pair
             of legs are spinous; the dactyls simple or bifurcate.
                                   79

-------
FAMILY OGYRIDIDAE  (Figure  189)

Definition:  Pleura  of  second abdominal segment overlaps the pleura of the
             first and  third segments.  First two pairs of  legs chelate,
             nearly  equal  and only  slightly  larger than o^her legs.
             Second  pair of legs with a subdivided carpus.  Rostrum small
             or  absent.  Eyestalks  long.  Telson heavy, blades or uropods
             curved  outward.

FAMILY HIPPOLYTIDAE  (Figure 190)

Definition:  Pleura  of  second abdominal segment overlaps the pleura of the
             first and  third segments.  First two pair of legs chelate;
             carpus  of  the second pair subdivided.  Eyes not covered by
             carapace.  Mandibles cleft; second maxillipeds have a very
             short dactyl.

FAMILY PROCESSIDAE (Figures 191-192)

Definition:  Smooth  body, short rostrum.  First pair of legs chelate,
             asymmetrical; second pair minutely chelate.  Eyes large; well
             developed  cornea.  Antennule peduncle with well-developed
             stylocerite.  Antennal scale well developed.

SUBORDER REPTANTIA (Figures 182; 193-204)

Definition:  Lobsterlike or crab!ike in form.  Cephalothorax depressed;
             rostrum small or absent; stylocerite absent.  Legs strong,
             first pair may be larger than the others.  Abdomen usually
             depressed; first abdominal segment smallest; pleopods reduced
             or absent.

FAMILY CALLIANASSIDAE (Figure 193)

Definition:  Body shrimplike.   Peduncle of antennae five-jointed.
             Antennal scale reduced, vestigial.   First pair of legs
             unequal, chelate;  third and fourth pair of legs simple, third
             and fifth variable.  Pleura small or absent.  Telson and
             uropods well developed, broad.  Abdominal segments 3-6 with
             broad appendages.

FAMILY PORCELLANIDAE (Figures  194-195)

Definition:  Crablike appearance; carapace depressed,  well  calcified.
             Rostrum short; antennae inserted lateral  to eyes, consisting
             of three movable segments  and a flagellum.  Basal articles of
             antennules broad.   Chelipeds elongate,  broad,  flattened.
             First three legs  well developed, but leg  smaller, folded
             against carapace.   Abdomen broad, seven segments,,, folded
             under thorax.
                                   80

-------
FAMILY PAGURIDAE  (Hermit crabs)  (Figure  196)

Definition:  Abdomen soft, spirally coiled  in modification to occupation
             of gastropod shells.  Carapace elongate broadened
             posteriorly.  Eyes  stalked.  Antennal peduncle five jointed.
             First pair of legs,  large,  chelate; fourth and fifth pair
             reduced, modified.  Abdominal  appendages usually present only
             on left side.

Most of the  invertebrates presented in this manual are components of the
benthic infauna.  The hermit crabs, however, would be considered a
component of the  epifauna; that  is, they crawl about on the surface of the
sediments in search of food.  Adult specimens of the family Paguridae were
seldom collected  with remote sampling gear.

FAMILY ALBUNEIDAE (Figure 197)

Definition:  Carapace flattened, not covering legs.  First pair of legs
             subchelate.  Rostrum reduced or absent.  Abdomen reduced,
             bent under thorax.  Telson  nearly oval in shape.

FAMILY LEUCOSIIDAE (Figure 198)

Definition:  Crabs with a circular, oval or polygonal carapace.  Eyes
             small, frontal margin narrow.  Antennae small; antennules
             fold obliquely.  Maxilliped enclose a buccal cavity.
             Chelipeds symmetrical.  Abdomen folded beneath thorax.

FAMILY XANTHIDAE  (Figures 199-201)

Definition:  Body transversely oval or hexagonal.  Front broad without a
             rostrum.  Last pair of legs normal, usually similar to pairs
             2-4.   Antennules fold obliquely or transversely.

FAMILY PINNOTHERIDAE (Figures 202-204)

Definition:  Carapace may be membranous; anterolateral  margins lacking or
             with  minor dentations.  Orbits and eyestalks small.  Buccal
             cavity wide.   Merus of third maxilliped not quadrate,  without
             palp; ischium small.

Pinnotherids are generally small, living as commensals  or parasites with
or on other invertebrates.
                                    81

-------
CLASS CRUSTACEA  SUBCLASS CEPHALOCARIDA

ORDER REMITEDIA

 FAMILY LIGHTIELLIDAE

  Fig. 121. Lightiella floridana - McLaughlin, 1976.  To about 2.5 mm in
  length.  The eighth thoracic segment lacks appendages.  The telson is
  the only abdominal segment with a vertical comb.  Telson with dorsal
  terminal spines.  Pleura of eighth thoracic segment, a small spinose
  process, pleura of pretelsonic segments moderately strong spinose
  processes.  Pleura of first seven thoracic segments broadly rounded.
  Caudal rami equal or exceed telson width, usually as long as the last
  two abdominal segments.  For a more detailed taxonomic description,
  see McLaughlin, 1976.

SUBCLASS OSTRACODA  ORDER PODOCOPIDA

 FAMILY CYTHERIDEIDAE - Sars, 1925

  Fig. 122. Haplocytherida setipunctata - Brady, 1969.  Carapace thick
  heavily calcified, ovate in lateral view.  Surface of valves pitted.
  Shells translucent.  This species was often collected in large
  numbers.  Valves often remain attached after animal is dead.

ORDER MYODOCOPINA

 FAMILY CYLINDROLEBERIDIDAE - Muller, 1906

  Fig. 123. Parasterope poll ex - Kornicker, 1967.  Carapace thin,
  flexible, semitransparent, oval in lateral view.  Thumb!ike anterior
  dorsal process.  Antennae of male about as long or  longer than
  carapace.  This species also occasionally occurred  in large numbers.

 FAMILY SARSIELLIDAE - Brady & Norman, 1896

  Fig. 124. Sarsiella zostericola - Cushman, 1906.  Female:  Dorsal
  view; carapace broadly rounded at posterior, narrowing anteriorly.
  Lateral view; oval with a posterior ventral process.  Surface of
  valves with-3 raised ribs radiating from a point slightly forward of
  center.  Male:  Symmetrical in dorsal view with a sharp caudal process
  on each valve.  Suboval in lateral view with a shallow anterior sinus
  beneath the rostrum and a short knob!ike posterior  ventral
  projection.  Three raised ribs laterally as in female but with the
  posterior rib projecting more dorsally.  Carapace of both males and
  females undergoes gradual morphological changes during growth.
                                   82

-------
                    PLATE 25 (Figures  121-124)
*^y&*&#%&&&*?''<%.•*,:*''•• -\-, v'"'
^^f?~,'^t*'}*X*•-*', . .,
***>»Wvrissiitii ;-^ * '' * r-

            121
          123
                                                       122
                                                     124
                                 83

-------
SUBCLASS CIRRIPEDIA

 ORDER THORACICA

  FAMILY BALANIDAE

   Fig. 125. Balanus amphitrite - Darwin, 1854.  Tropical and warm-
   temperature seas.  Base diameter up to 20 mm, however, most specimens
   collected were juveniles with base diameters about 2-4 mm.  White with
   gray or lavender lines.  Basis calcareous and tubiferous; carina
   tubiferous.  Many subspecies have been described.

SUBCLASS MALACOSTRACA

  ORDER NEBALIACEA

   Fig. 126. Nebalia sp. - The species for this area is not known.
   Relatively few specimens were collected.

ORDER STOMATOPODA

  FAMILY SQUILLIDAE

   Fig. 127. Squilla empusa - Say, 1818.  Length to about 10
   centimeters.  Rostral plate wider than long, with a medial ridge.
   Medial ridge of carapace bifid between dorsal pit and anterior
   margin.  Raptorial dactylus with six teeth.  Fifth thoracic somite
   with a sharp lateral spine curved anteriorly; sixth and seventh
   thoracic somites with acute lateral processes.  Tel son with 3-5
   submedian denticles, 6-9 intermediate denticles, and one lateral
   denticle.

ORDER MYSIDACEA

   Fig; 128. Statocyst

   Fig. 129.. Brood pouch

SUBORDER MYSIDA

  FAMILY MYSIDAE

   Fig. 130. Bowmaniella dissimilis - Coifmann, 1937.  Delaware to
   Brazil.  Length to about 9mm.  Carapace with a narrow triangular
   rostrum.  Antennal scale length about 3.5 times width, with a small
   tooth on the outer distal corner and the outer margin naked.
   Antennule peduncle segment one is long, equal to combined length of
   segments two and three.  Abdominal segment five with a posterior
   dorsal scale.  The uropods are longer than the telson with the exopods
   longer than the endopods.  Outer margin of exopod with 18-20 spines,
   endopod with 5-6 submarginal spines on inner edge.  The telson is
   cleft with 6-8 lateral spines and 2 long apical spines; cleft with
   13-15 small denticles.

-------
         PLATE 26 (Figures 125-130)
                                      126
                                     128
129
130
                   85

-------
   Fig.  131. Mysidopsis almyra - Bowman,  1964.   Louisiana to Florida.
   Length to about 7mm.  Anterior margin  of carapace rounded,  not
   covering base of eyestalks.  Lanceolate, outwardly curved antennal
   scale; about 6 times longer than wide.  Exopod of uropod about 1.4
   times the length of endopod.  Endopod  about  1.3 times the length of
   the telson and with one spine on the ventral  surface near the
   statocyst.  Telson entire with 13-20 lateral  spines.

   Fig.  132. Mysidopsis bigelowi - W. M.  Tattersall, 1926.  Massachusetts
   to the Gulf of Mexico.  Length to about 8 mm.  Anterior margin of
   carapace produced into a broad subtriangular  rostrum.  Antennule
   peduncle segment one nearly as long as segment three:  segment two
   half as long as three.  Antennal scale setose six times as long as
   wide.  Uropod exopod twice as long as  telson; endopod 1.5 times as
   long as telson, with 4-5 ventral spines near  statocyst.  Telson
   entire, lateral margin with 10-13 spines, apex with 2-3 pairs of stout
   spines.

ORDER CUMACEA

  FAMILY BODOTRIIDAE

   Fig.  133.. Cyclaspis varians - Caiman,  1912.   Maximum length 3-4 mm.
   Telson absent.Male with 5 pleopods.   Pseudorostrum acute, wide
   antennal notch; and the antennal tooth acute  in females, rounded in
   males.  A single pigmented eye (fused  eyes)  located medially.  Surface
   of carapage smooth, usually spotted with pigment.  Inner rami with
   only one segment.  Antennae of mature  males  reach to telsoin.

  FAMILY LEUCONIDAE

   Fig.  134. Leucon acutirostris - G. 0.  Sars,  1865.  Length of about  3.5
   mm.  This species was previously recorded from the Arctic and Norway.
   Specimens were also examined by Dr. M. Bacescu and confirmed as JL.
   acutirostris.  MALE:  Pseudorostral projection short.  Carapace smooth
   dorsally, anterolateral margins about  a 90 degree rounded angle,
   serrated below.  FEMALE:  Pseudorostral projection longer than male,
   terminally acute.  Anterior portion of carapace with a dorsal serrated
   crest.  Lower anterolateral margin of  carapace produced, serrated.
   Inner ramus of uropoda (for both sexes) shorter than outer ramus, its
   distal segment about half the length of the proximal segment.

  FAMILY NANNASTACIDAE

   Fig. 135. Cumella garriti - Bacescu and Murandian, 1977.  To about 3
   mm in length.  MALE:  With carapace less than one-third total length;
   no pleopods (characteriscis of Cumella); pseudorostrum short.
   FEMALE:  Anterolateral angle of carapace bearing a series of
   serrations; pseudorostrum longer, more acute than male.
                                    86

-------
       PLATE 27 (Figures 131-135)
131
133
                                 132
                                           .-5mm, /,
                                 134
     M^Wi&^r&'^-i'  '~-fr
                 135
                  87

-------
  FAMILY DIASTYLIDAE

   Fig. 136. Oxyurostylis smithi - Caiman, 1912.  Reaches a maximum
   length of about 7 mm.  As seen from the side, the dorsal edge of the
   carapace is arched, sloping posteriorly and anteriorly to the short
   horizontal pseudorostrum.  Antenna! notch lacking.  There is a
   prominent pointed telson.  Eyes are indistinct; there is no occular
   pigment.  In the female, there are two parallel, oblique ridges on
   both sides of the carapace which are united at the lower edge; the
   upper ends are connected by a short longitudinal ridge.  Anterior to
   these are several short transverse ridges and a lateral ridge passing
   by the side of the pseudorostrum.  The male is similar in appearance
   with only 2 transverse frontal ridges and with an additional ridge
   along the ventral margin to the posterior ridge.  The antennae of
   mature males are as long as the entire animal.  The first and second
   pair of pleopods are biramous and larger than the last 3 pairs.

ORDER  TANAIDACEA

   Fig. 137. Tanaidacea taken from Tampa Bay.

ORDER  ISOPODA

  SUBORDER ANTHURIDEA

    FAMILY ANTHURIDAE

   Fig. 138. Apanthura magnifica - Menzies and Frankenberg, 1966.
   Georgia Coast to West Coast of Florida.  Maximum length about 10 mm.
   Eyes present; large in male., small in female.  First antenna with a
   two-jointed flagellum; second antenna with a brush-like flagellum'in
   males, a four-jointed flagellum in females.  First peraeopod with a
   basal tooth on palm.  Pleotelson ovate; pointed in females, truncate
   in males.  Endopod of uropod nearly two times as long as broad, exopod
   broadly ovate with a notched apex.

   Fig. 139. Cyathura polita - Stimpson, 1856.  Maine to Louisiana.
   Length to about 25 mm.  Body narrow, elongate, about seven times
   longer than wide.  'Eyes  small.  The second antennae are longer than
   the first.  The first'three pairs of peraeopods are prehensile with
   the first pair enlarged, and with a tooth on the interior margin of
   the propodus.  The telson is narrow, elongate, and terminally
   rounded.  A. Lateral view.  B. Dorsal head view.
                                   88

-------
                PLATE 28 (Figures 136-139)
136
137
                          139
                           89

-------
   Fig. 140. Xenanthura brevitelson - Barnard,  1925.  Georgia coast,
   Florida, West Indies.  Length to about 5 mm.   One pair of eyes in
   females, three pairs in males.  First three  peraeopods subchelate  with
   a large projection on interior margin of palms.   Exopods of uropods
   subcircular, transparent; endopod club-shaped extending beyond the
   apical margin of exopod and slightly longer  than the telson.
   Pleotelson distally convex bearing four setae, the inner two swollen.
   Telson also bears a pair of small bristles near apex.  A. Lateral
   view.  B. Posterior end.

SUBORDER VALVIFERA

  FAMILY IDOTEIDAE

   Fig. 141. Aegathoa oculata - Say, 1818.  Connecticut to Yucatan,
   Mexico; the West Indies.  Length to about 11 mm.  Body elongate, four
   times as long as wide.  Cephalon produced posteriorly into three
   lobes.  Eyes large.  Uropods and apex of pleotelson with fringe of
   pulmose setae.  Antennae one are composed of eight articles; antennae
   two composed of ten articles, slightly longer than antennae one.
   Peraeopods are prehensile with long, narrow, curved dactyli.

   Fig. 142. Edotea montosa - Stimpson, 1853.  Nova Scotia to Florida.
   Length to about 9 mm.  Body ovate, depressed, more than twice as long
   as wide.  Lateral margins of peraeonal somites rounded.  First pair of
   antennae extend to the middle of last peduncular article of second
   antennae.  The third and fourth thoracic segments are the longest and
   widest.

   Fig. 143. Erichsonella filiformis isabelensis - Menzies, 1951.
   Florida to Texas.  Length to about 12 mm.  A small bump medially on
   the cephalon.  Two small tubercles found on the frontal cephalic
   margin of JE. filiformis are  lacking.  The supralateral extension of
   the second paraeonal somite  does not extend beyond the lateral
   margin.  Mid-lateral pleotelson extension reduced to  a small
   protuberance.  Width of Pleotelson less than one-half length.
                                   90

-------
                   .PLATE 29  (Figures  140-143}
           140
,* , ~V,i>V-^..- ',/*-••-
                                                 141
                                                 143
            142
                                91

-------
  FAMILY SPHAEROMIDAE

   Fig. 144. Cymodoce faxoni - Richardson, 1905.  Florida to Texas.
   Length to about 6 mm.  Body ovate, about twice as long as wide.  Head
   two times as wide as long.  Eyes small, round.  Both pairs of antennae
   long, second slightly longer than first.  Uropods well developed,
   exopod longer than endopod, with an acute terminal end.  Pleotelson
   with two medially-located tubercles.

   Fig. 145. Dynamenella dianae - Menzies, 1962.  Lower California,
   Mexico, Puerto Rico (Florida).  To about 4 mm in length.  Exopod and
   endopod, large with crenulate margins.

   Fig. 146. Sphaeroma quadridentatum - Say, 1818.   New England to both
   sides of Florida.  To about 10 mm in length.  Pleotelson rounded.
   Maxillipedal palps with conspicuous lobes.  Exopods of third pleopods
   not jointed.  No tubercles on pleon or pleotelson.  Four teeth on the
   exopod of the uropod.  Various, patterns of white patches cm the. dorsum
   are common.

 SUBORDER ASELLOTA

  FAMILY MUNNIDAE

   Fig. 147. Munna sp.  Very few specimens of this  species were
   collected.  The identity of these specimens which are very small (0.5
   - 1.0 mm) was not confirmed.  These specimens could possibly be Munna
   hayesi Robertson, 1978, described from Port Aransis, Texas.

ORDER AMPHIPODA

 SUBORDER GAMMARIDEA

  FAMILY 6AMMARIDAE

   Fig. 148. Gammarus mucronatus - Say, 1818.  Gulf of St. Lawrence to
   Florida and the Gulf of Mexico.  Length to about 5 mm.  Eyes large,
   reniform.  Pleosomal segments one, two and three with a sharp
   posteriorly directed protrusion.  First and second coxal plates with
   4-8 setae along the anterodistal angle.  Antennae one longer than
   antennae two.  Gnathopods one and two are large.      ;

   Fig. 149. Generalized schematic drawing of a gammaridean amphipod in
   lateralview.  B, buccal mass; C. coxae; Gn, gnathopods; PI, pleopods.
                                   92

-------
            PLATE  30 (Figures  144-149)
    146
                                     145
k%,Cfe^W--^  -
          C.^cri.^' ^'
                                    147
                           enAEO N
                                                  Uropods
                                              >imeron
148
     149
                     93

-------
  Fig. 150. Elasmopus  levis - Smith, 1873.  Cape Cod to Georgia and
  Florida.  Length to  about 10 mm.  Antennae two shorter than antennae
  one; accessory flagellum with 2-3 segments.  In males gnathopod two,
  segment six  is ovate, the inner surface excavate to receive the
  strongly curved dactyl; with a stout tooth at the posterior proximal
  edge of excavation.   In females the dactyl closes on a short convex
  palm.  Margins or peraeopodal segments four, five and six setose.
  Posterior corner of  pleonal segment three produced in a slightly
  upturned tooth.  Inner ramus of uropod three shorter than outer.
  Telson cleft, lobes  apically acute; outer edge each with three spines.


FAMILY MELITIDAE

  Fig. 151. Melita nitida - Smith, 1873.  Gulf of St. Lawrence; Nova
  Scotia to Northern Florida; Gulf of Mexico to Yucatan.  Length to
  about 10 mm.  Coxal  plates  large, angles rounded.  Antennae one longer
  than two.  Antennae  one flagellum with whorls of setae; antennae two
  flagellum and peduncle segment 5 with whorls of longer setae.  Pleonal
  and urosomal segments lack  mucronations  (dorsal teeth or spinelike
  projections).  Terminal segment of exopod of uropod three minute.

  Fig. 152. Melita sp. An undescribed species.

  FAMILY LILJEBORGIIDAE

  Fig. 153. Listriella .c.f. barnardi - This species also appears to be
  closely  related to  Listriella quintana McKinney,  1979.

  FAMILY BATEIDAE

  Fig. 154. Batea catharinensis  - Muller,  1865.   Cape Cod to  Florida;
  Gulf of  Mexico; Caribbean region to  Brazil.  Length to about  6 mm.
  With an  acute down  curved rostrum.   Lower margins of  second and third
  coxal plates convex, rounded.   Coxa  four with  a protuding posterior
   lobe.   Both  antennae setose posteriorly.  Side  plate  of the third
  pleonal  segment posteriorly convex with  about  10  upward pointing
  teeth.   Rami of uropod  three broad,  lanceolate, margins spinose with
  pulmose  setae.  Telson  cleft.

FAMILY STENOTHOIDAE

  Fig.  155.  Stenothoe c.f.  minuta.   Possibly  an  undescribed  species.

   Fig.  156.  Parametopella cypris  -  Holmes, 1905.   Cape  Cod  to.Florida.
   Length  to about  2 mm.  Coxa four  very large,  oval  extends  to  and
   covers  coxa one  to  coxa seven.   Head short;  large eye.  Antennae  short
   and suhequal.   Gnathopod  one weak;  gnathopod  two  larger with  two  large
   spines  at posterior angle.   Dactyl  of peraeopods  three  and  four
   large.   Posterior corner of pleonal  side plate three  nearly square.
   Telson  long, ovate.
                                   94

-------
               PLATE 31  (Figures  150-156)
    150
    152
                                               154
156
                          95
155

-------
FAMILY LEUCOTHOIDAE

 Fig. 157. Leucothoe sp.  Possibly an undescribed species.

FAMILY OEDICEROTIDAE

 Fig. 158. Monoculodes edwardsi - Holmes, 1905.  Gulf of St. Lawrence
 to Cape Cod; Middle Atlantic states to Florida; Gulf of Mexico.
 Length to about 7 mm.  Rostrum strong, depressed.  Eye large,
 elliptical.  Coxae one through four as deep as body segments, lower
 margins with setae; coxa five deepest, peduncle segments two and three
 of antennae one nearly equal.  Gnathopod two larger than gnathopod
 one.  Peraeopod seven extends beyond uropods.  Uropod three not
 reaching as far as one and two.  Telson rectangular.

 Fig. 159. Monoculodes nyei - Shoemaker, 1933.  Gulf of Mexico; Illha
 Sao Sesbastiao, Brazil.  Length to about 4 mm.  Very similar to M.
 edwardsi.  Antennae one very short, shorter than M,. edwardsi.
 flagellum shorter than peduncle and pulmose.  Uropod two extends back
 further than uropods one or three.

FAMILY HAUSTORIIDAE

 Fig. 160. -Acanthohaustorius sp.

FAMILY ARGISSIDAE

 Fig. 161. Argissa sp.

FAMILY PHOXOCEPHALIDAE                                    ;

 Fig. 162. Paraphoxus c.f. spinosus

 Fig. 163. Trichophoxus floridanus - Shoemaker,  1933.  South  Carolina;
 Florida.  Length to about 6 mm.  Head  elongate;  a  long,  spatulate
 rostrum.  Antennae one short with a long accessory flagellum; antennae
 two nearly  as  long as  body.  Gnathopods chelate, similar.  Peraeopod
 six longest.  'Uropod three spinose.  Telson cleft  to base.

FAMILY ATYLIDAE

 Fig. 164. Nototropus sp.  Possibly  an  undescribed  species.
                                 96

-------
                                    PLATE  32  (Figures  157-164)
                                                         fft
                                                                                      >*vfVW
~_j-—•——i'  ,  - ; i
 f/lniffl  ','<_  ^
                       * % ^3
                       157
               r.;',, T;>; s~ -_;7/?rr^O <",*"'7-' /" -V*"^* ''?••> 7,.'-"' \'"''"-;-.   ll •§§"
                                                      Is
                                              'rt;&   ^&
                                              ;,"/>,>*   r*> M*
•'IvRmiS  '•' '•' y '/'; '>"•'*-f, '' ';>^V-•/•/;•"'!-V"v*^*^?'/:x   rW'rsim''^- i //A '•'-;/-'•> ^v '^/.-l-'V.^v ;r>'-!*-,-K/'.j^^fA'4>*
•/'.i-fflt-.-.'-'-.--''.': ,>>-M -.  ,.-'/..,/.,; "'.•//:.:v^:^ft!S   ^^yEi&v^;X.^%'^£^^^^k£d£^^
	159	                               160
                                sk*5tei:4
                                                                         J^f.
      ?.*? •  * t -   ^" i-r -J
      f **<&*!'•«'"' "' ^•^•^

      #*> - -S ^ . K^.  ^Jf ^^1
                                                                               164
                      163
97

-------
FAMILY AMPELISCIDAE

 Fig. 165. Ampelisca abdita - Mills, 1964.  Maine to Florida; Gulf of
 Mexico.  Length to about 8 mm.  Urosome one dorsally flat; urosome
 three posterior margins rounded.  Head elongate.  Antennae two
 longest; antennae one flagellum extends just beyond peduncle of
 antennae two.  First coxa anteroventrally rounded, fringed with
 setae.  Uropod one exceeds tip of uropod two; uropod three lanceolate
 with setae and spines.  This species builds a mud tube which, at
 times, can carpet the benthos in thick mats.


 Fig. 166. Ampelisca holmesii - Pearse, 1908.  Rhode Island to Florida;
 Gulf of Mexico.  Length to about 10 mm.  Head elongate, tapering
 anteriorly.  First coxa expanded distally, larger than coxa two.
 First antennae shorter then second, reaching slightly beyond second
 segment of peduncle of second antennae.  Peduncle of second antennae
 elongate; noticeably longer than that of /\. abdita.  This species is
 also a tube builder.

FAMILY LYSIANASSIDAE

 Fig. 167. Lysianopsis alba - Holmes, 1905.  South of Cape Cod to the
 Middle Atlantic states; Carolinas to Florida; eastern Gulf of Mexico.
 Length to .about 10 mm.  Anterolateral lobe of head subacute.  Eye
 oval.  Coxa rectangular; coxa four protrudes posteriodistally.
 Antennae one and two nearly equal; one with enlarged basal segment and
 large flagellum.  Side plate of pleonal segment three evenly rounded
 posteriorly.  Uropods biramous; outer ramus longer than inner.  Telson
 nearly as wide as long.

FAMILY AORIDAE

 Fig. 168. Grandidierella bonnieroides - Stephensen, 1948.  Gulf of
 Mexico; southern Atlantic states; West Indies.  Length to about 8 mm.
 Basis of antennae one as long as head; second segment slightly
 longer.  Accessory flagellum absent.  Antennae two shorter than one.
 Fifth segment of gnathopod one enlarged, twice as long as wide with
 one to three spines on the poasterior margin.  During collection and
 preservation, specimens of J3. bonnieroides tend to lose their antennae
 except for the basal portions.

 Fig. 169. Lembos smithi - Holmes, 1905.  Cape Cod to Northern Florida;
 Buzzards Bay.  Length to about 5 mm.  Coxae shallow; coxae two, three
 and four setose.  Eyes small, oval.  Antennae one slightly longer than
 antennae two; accessory flagellum present.  Gnathopod one larger than
 two.  Segment five of gnathopod one short, deep; segment six large
 with setose margin.  Pleonal segments separated distally.  Terminal
 spines of uropod three long, slender.

 Fig. 170. Microdeutopus sp.  Possibly an undescribed species.
                                 98

-------
        PLATE 33 (Figures 165-170)
 165
166
167
                                       168
169
170
                    99

-------
 Fig.  171.  Rudilemboides  naglei  -  Bousfield,  1973.   Cape  Cod to
 Georgia;  Eastern  Gulf of Mexico;  Vineyard  Sound;  Buzzards  Bay.   Length
 to about  3 mm.  Antennae one with accessory  flagellum;  longer than
 antennae  two.   Gnathopod one subchelate; gnathopod  two  weakly
 subchelate.  Segment four of peraeopods  three  and four  expanded
 anterodistally.  Peraeopod five slightly shorter  than peraeopods one
 through four;  peraeopod  six longer;  peraeopod  seven longest.  Uropod
 three,  outer ramus with  paired  marginal  spines;  inner ramus with one
 or two  spines.
FAMILY AMPITHOIOAE

 Fig. 172. Cymadusa c.f. compta.  Possibly an undescribed species.

FAMILY AMPHILOCHIDAE

 Fig. 173. Gitanopsis sp.  Possibly an undescribed species.

FAMILY COROPHIIDAE

 Fig. 174. Cerapus sp.  An unidentified, possibly new species.

GENUS Corophium

 Fig. 175. Corophium c.f. acherusicum - Distribution of £. acherusicum;
 Atlantic Coast of North America to Maine.  May be cosmopoTitan in warm
 temperature coastal waters.
                                 100

-------
PLATE 34 (Figures  171-175)
           101

-------
   Fig.  176.  Corophium c.f.  lacustre.   Distribution  of  C.  lacustre;  Bay
   of Funday  to Florida;  Western  Europe.

   Fig.  177.  Corophium c.f.  louisianum.  Distribution  of JC.  louisianum;
   Louisiana; probably Gulf  states.

   Fig.  178.  Erichthonius c.f.  brasiliensis.   Distribution of JE.
   brasiliensis; Cape Cod to Chesapeake Bay;  Florida,  Gulf States; West
   Indies.

  FAMILY PODOCERIDAE

   Fig.  179.  Podocerus sp.  Possibly an undescribed  species.

ORDER DECAPODA

 SUBORDER NATANTIA

  FAMILY PENAEIDAE

   Fig. 180. Trachypeneus constrictus  - Stimpson, 1871.  Chesapeake Bay
   to Texas; Bermuda; Puerto Rico and  Sombrero Island; Surinam.  Length
   to about  10 cm.  Rostrum projects to about the middle of the second
   segment of the antenna! peduncle; distal end slightly upturned.  Upper
   edge of rostrum with seven to nine  teeth which diminish  in size toward
   the tip;  a spine is located posterior to the base of the rostrum;
   antennal  and hepatic spines well developed.  An elevated ridge runs
   the length of the carapace dorsally, except for a small  portion at the
   posterior end.  A second ridge is present on the abdomen from the
   fourth to the sixth segment; telson with two rounded ridges dorsally
   which taper  to an acuminate tip with a spine on either side.
   Antennular peduncle pubescent, slightly longer than  antennal scale,
   flagella  shorter than  carapace.  Eyes large and reniform,,
                                    102

-------
              PLATE 35 (Figures 176-180)
^ysf^j^s?"
   4,1.  -» £,. ^ y,^ ^- fr,.*J,
        176
177
   "S $?.-.
        178
                                      179
                       180





                      103

-------
 Fig.  181.  Composite drawing of a shrimp exhibiting  majpr features;  a.,
 antenna;  a.s.c.,  antennal  scale; at.,  antennula;  b.,  basis;  b.s.,
 branchiostegal  spine;  c.,  carpus,  ex.,  coxa;  d.,  dactyl; e.,  eye;
 end.,  endopod;  ex., exopod; h.s.,  hepatic spine;  i.,  ischium;  m.,
 merus; p., propodiis; r.,  rostrum;  sc.,  subchela;  s.s.,  supraorbital
 spine; St., stylocerite;  t., telson;  u., uropod;  3m,  third maxilliped.
 (after Williams,  1965).

 Fig.  182.  Composite drawing of a crab illustrating  major features.  A.
 Dorsal view.  B.  Ventral  view, walking legs not shown,   a., antenna;
 ab,  abdomen; at,  antennual; b, basis; c, carpus;  ex,  coxa; d,  dactyl;
 end,  endognath; ep, epistome; es,  endostome;  ex,  exognath; f,  frontal
 lobe;  i,  ischium; m, merus; p, propodus; so,  suborbital; t.s.,
 thoracic  sternum; 3m,  third maxilliped.  (after Williams, 1965).

FAMILY SER6ESTIDAE

 Fig.  183. Lucifer faxoni  - Borradaile, 1915.   Nova Scotia to
 Louisiana; Bermuda; West Indies; Coast of South America.  Length  to
 about 10 mm.  Body small, thin.  Anterior portion of thorax elongate
 and cylindrical.   Eyes, antennae and antennules located far in front
 of the mouth parts and legs.  The rostrum is small  and there is a
 small  spine on either side behind the prominent stalked eyes.
 Antennules long,  slender.  Antennal scale linear fringed with long
 hairs on  inner margin.  Three pairs of legs; first pair short; last
 two nearly as long as carapace.  Abdomen much compressed; sixth
 segment about twice as long as others.  Telson slender  about half the
 length of uropods.  Exopod  longer and wider than endopod.

FAMILY PALAEMONIDAE

 Fig.  184.  Periclimenes americanus - Kingsley, 1878.  Beaufort, N.C. to
 Florida to Mexico; West Indies; Bermuda.  Length to about 20 mm.
 Rostrum strong with 7-10 teeth, tip pointed up; ventral margin with
 2-3 teeth.  Carapace with  antennal and  hepatic spines and a post
 orbital ridge.   Eyes well  developed.  Stylocerite  large,  sharp,
 projecting to about the middle  of basal  antennular article.  Antennal
 scale slightly'longer than antennular peduncle with a spine near the
 base  and  a  spine at the apex.   Telson with two pairs of dorsal spines;
 posterior margin with three  pairs of spines.

FAMILY ALPHEIDAE

 Fig.  185.  Automate sp.  Members of this  genus have not  been reported
 for this  area.   The species  was not determined.
                                 104

-------
PLATE 36 (Figures 181-185)
                   181
           u roped /
      183
             182
            105

-------
 Fig.  186.  Alpheus  normani  - Kingsley,  1878.   North  Carolina  to  Texas;
 Bermuda; West Indies.   Length  to about 25  mm.   Rostrum  short, not  as
 long  as first article  of antennule.   Carapace about two-thirds  the
 abdominal  length.   Ocular hoods  produced  into an  obtuse angle project
 over  each  eye; eyes covered by carapace.   Antennal  scale slightly
 longer than the antennular peduncle,  and with a strong  ahteriolateral
 spine. Antennae longer than body.   First  pair of legs  with  large
 unequal chelae; larger chela,  broad,  flattened, with a  ridge ending  as
 a strong tooth at  the  base of  the dactyl.

 Fig.  187.  Alpheus  sp.   Species not determined.

 Fig.  188.  Leptalpheus  forceps  -  Williams,  1965.   North  Carolina;
 Mississippi; West  Coast of Florida.   Carapace length to about 8 mm.
 Body  compressed.  Carapace smooth vfith a  hood projecting over the
 eyes; a cardiac notch  is present on'the posterior border. Antennal
 scale slightly shorter than antennular peduncle.   Chelipeds  are
 asymmetrical.  Propodus of larage cheliped is longer than merus.
 Second legs weak,  chelate; third and fourth legs  strong; fifth  leg
 weaker than third  and  fourth.   Outer rami  of uropods distally
 truncate,  with a subterminal lateral  spine.  Telson distally rounded,
 with  two  pairs of  dorsal spines  at one-third and  two-thirds  the telson
 length.

FAMILY OGYRIDIDAE

 Fig.  189.  Ogyrides limicola - Williams, 1955.  Virginia to Louisiana.
 Length to  about 15 mm.  Rostrum short, deflected  ventrally.   Post
 rostral ridge with 8-14 teeth, flanked on either  side by setae.
 Eyestalks  long, narrowest at midlength.  Peduncles of antennae  and
 antennule nearly equal.  Stylocerite of basal article terminating  in
 two spines nearly equal length.

FAMILY HIPPOLYTIDAE

 Fig.  190.  Latreutes parvulus - Stimpson,  1866.  North Carolina to
 Texas; Cuba; Puerto Rico; Guiana; Brazil; West Africa.   Length to
 about 12 mm.   Laterally compressed rostrum, nearly circular in female,
 more elongate  in male; dorsal margin with 6-8 teeth in female,  2-4
 teeth in male.  May have a few small teeth on tip and 0.5 on ventral
 margin.  Carapace with 5-7 postrostral teeth.  Antennular peduncle
 with a broad,  rounded stylocerite.  Antennal  scale twice as long  as
 wide, but not  as long as rostrum.  First legs thick, equal; second
 legs more slender.
                                 106

-------
        PLATE 37 (Figures 186-190)
186
189
                                      187
                                      188
                                      190
                   107

-------
 FAMILY PROCESSIDAE

  Figri91. Ambidexter symmetricus - Manning and Chace, 1971.  Gulf of
  Mexico to Trinidad.  Length of carapace to about 5 mm.  Rostrum short
  not reaching beyond eye.  Antenna! spine present.  Stylocerite
  unaramed rounded laterally.  Second pair of peraeopods with 4 meral
  and 9-10 carpal articles.  Fifth abdominal somite without
  posterolateral spine.

  Fig. 192. Hippolyte zostericola - Smith, 1873.  Massachusetts, through
  Gulf of Mexico; Nest Indies to Curacao.  Length to about 12 mm.
  Rostrum long, about equal to antennal scale, with 3-4 dorsal teeth and
  2-5 teeth ventrally.  Anterior margin of carapace produced into a lobe
  beneath the eyes from which protrudes an antennal spine.  Hepatic
  spine present.  Basis of antennular peduncle long and broad with a
  slender divergent stylocersite.  Antennal scale large, with a small
  terminal spine on the outer margin; a spine is also present at the
  base of the scale.  Abdomen strongly bent at thrid segment; hoodlike
  projection of posterior portion of third segment overhanging fourth
  segment.  Two pairs of dorsal spines on lateral border of the telson.
  Tip of telson is truncate with three pairs of spines.

SUBORDER REPTANTIA

 FAMILY CALLIANASSIDAE

  Fig. 193. Callianassa atlantica - Rathbun, 1926.  Nova Scotia to both
  sides of Florida.  Length to about 60 mm.  Exoskeleton smooth thin.
  Carapace about one-third abdomen length.  A small acute rostrum
  bounded on either side by a small triangular protrusion.  Eyestalks
  short pointed tips curved up and out; cornea on outer border.
  Peduncle of antellule about half the length of the carapace.  Antennae
  longer than carapace; peduncle shorter than that of antennules.
  Chelipeds unequal, and sexually dimorphic.  No pleopods on first and
  second abdominal segments of males.  Telson as long as wide.  Exopods
  broader than endopods, both fringed with hairs distally.

 FAMILY PORCELLANIDAE

  Fig. 194. Petrolisthes galathinus - Bosc, 1801.  North Carolina
  through Gulf of Mexico; Caribbean; portions of South America; portions
  of Pacific Ocean around Central America.  Length to about 15 mm.
  Carapace slightly longer than wide, with transverse ciliated rugae.
  Rostrum broad, triangular.  Eyes well developed.  First article of
  antennae with a median spine tiped lobe.  Chelipeds large, covered
  with ciliated rugae.  Carpus twice as long as wide with spines along
  margins.
                                  108

-------
        PLATE 38 (Figures  191-194)
 191
 192
193
194
                   109

-------
 Fig. 195-. Euceramus praelongus - Stimpson, 1860.  Chesapeake Bay to
 Texas.  Length to about 14 mm.  Carapace elongate, subcyllndrical,
 with very fine transverse rugae; anterior margin tridentate;
 anteriolateral margins with two or more spines behind antennae.
 Antennae three-fourths the length of the body; antennules short.
 Chelipeds large, subequal.  Second and third pair of legs longer than
 first; last pair small turned dorsally.  Abdomen small, uropods
 reduced.

FAMILY PA6URIDAE (Hermit crabs)

 Fig. 196. Unidentified juvenile pagurid.

 FAMILY ALBUNEIDAE

 Fig. 197. Lepidopa websteri - Benedict, 1903.  North Carolina to
' Mississippi.  Length of carapace to about 15 mm.  Carapace as broad as
 long, anterior margin fringed with setae.  A short rostrum and a
 lateral, broadly triangular protuberance to either side.  Dorsum of
 carapace with a ciliated  band with ends pointing posteriorly.
 Mid-dorsal region with a  narrow transverse ciliated band and two
 lateral oblique bands.  Eyestalks diamond shaped.  Peduncles of
 antennules longer than eyestalks.  First pair of legs broad,
 flattened, subchelate.  Fifth  legs reduced, folded back.  Abdomen
 short, folded under thorax.

FAMILY LEUCOSIIDAE

 Fig.  198. Persephona  punctata  aquilonaris - Rathbun, 1937.   New Jersey
 to  Mexico.   Length to  about 50 mm.  Carapace  inflated,  globular,
 covered with granules; three  sharp recurved spines along posterior
 margin.  Front  narrow, bidentate, elevated.

FAMILY XANTHIDAE

 Fig.  199. Menippe mercenaria  - Say,  1818  (Stone  crab).   North  Carolina
 to  Mexico; Bahamas; Cuba; Jamaica.  Carapace  length  to  about 90 mm,
 oval, with smooth  appearance.   Anterolateral  margin  divided  into four
 lobes;  front narrow with  a median cleft and  a trilobate lobe on either
 side.   Chelipeds  large,  heavy,  unequal.   Dactyl  of major chela with  a
 large basal  tooth;  immovable  finger with  large  subbasal tooth.
 Walking legs stout, distally  setose.   Juvenile  specimens were
 occasionally obtained.                  (

 Fig.  200.  Neopanope texana texana -  Stimpson, 1959.  Virginia  through
 the Gulf of  Mexico.   Length  to about  20 mm.   Carapace  convex,  minutely
 pubescent.   Frontal edge rounded with a small medial notch.
 Anterolateral margin  of  carapace with 5 triangular  teeth'.   Chelipeds
 unequal,  smooth,  without a large tooth at base  of major dactyl.
 Fingers white or horn colored.  Walking legs  long,  slender.
                                 110

-------
       PLATE 39 (Figures 195-200)
195
196
                                      197
                                      198
199
200
                   111

-------
 Fig. 201. Panopeus herbstii  - H.  Milne Edwards,  1834.   Massachusetts
 to Brazil; Bermuda.  Length  to about 25 mm.   Regions of carapace well
 marked.  Anteriolateral margins with five teeth; a transverse ridge
 projecting inward from fifth tooth.  Front wide  with a small  medial
 cleft.  Chelipeds heavy, dissimilar, unequal; carpus with a blunt
 internal spine.  Major cheliped with large teeth at base of dactyl.
 Fingers of chelipeds dark.

FAMILY PINNOTHERIDAE

 Fig. 202. Pinnixa chaetopterana - Stimpson, 1860.  Massachusetts to
 Texas; areas off Brazil.  Length to about 6 mm.   Carapace transversely
 oval, about twice as long as wide, sides pubescent.  Regions well
 defined.  Front narrow with median cleft; posterior margin concave.
 Chelipeds stout, male different from female.  First and second pair  of
 walking  legs slender; third and fourth pair stout.  This species lives
 as a commensal in the tube of Chaetopterus variopedatus

 Fig. 203. Pinnixa retinens - Rathbun,  1918.  Chesapeake Bay; Gulf
 Coast of Florida to Texas.  Length about 5 mm.  Carapace almost twice
 as wide  as long, nearly flat.  Lateral margins with a granulate ridge;
 posterior margin with  a shallow groove.  Chelipeds small, fingers
 slender.  Third walking legs stout, slightly longer than others;
 ischium,  inerus and propodus with stout spines.

 Fig. 204. Pinnixa  sayana  - Stimpson,  1860.  Massachusetts to North
 Carolina; Gulf of  Coast of Florida  to  Louisiana.   Length to  about 6
 mm.  Carapace  smooth,  pubescent laterally.  A low  transverse ridge
 near posterior margin  about one-third  carapace width.   Front narrow
 deeply  grooved chelipeds  stout, flattened, very  short  immovable
 finger;  dactyl strongly curved.  Walking  legs long, slender; third leg
 stouter  than others.
                                  112

-------
        PLATE  40 (Figures  201-204)
201
                                      202
                                      203
 204
                   113

-------
CLASS PYCNOGONIDA (PANTOPODA) - Sea Spiders

Definition:  Small spiderlike animals consisting of a  small trunk serving
            as a base for the 4 pairs of walking legs.  The legs have 8
            segments and usually a terminal claw.   The head contains a
            tubular proboscis and usually 1-2 pairs of appendages,  the
            eel ifores and palpi.  Males have a third pair of appendages,
            the ovigers, used to carry the female's eggs.

Pcynogonids were usually rare in the study area, only one species found,
and were seldom collected in benthic grab samples.  However,  they
occasionally are abundant when suitable prey are present, such as
bryozoans, hydroids, sponges or algae and can be found clinging to these.

  FAMILY PHOXICHILIDIIDAE

   Fig. 205. Anoplodactylus pygmaeus - (Hodge, 1864).  Body length about
   0.75 mm.  Cephalic segment short, little beyond the base of the
   proboscis and without auxiliary claws.  Second tibia as long as first
   or only slightly shorter.   Proboscis cylindrical and the eye tubercle
   and abdomen not conspicuously long.  Basal spines of propodus simple
   (not denticulate).  Fingers of chela short.  Eye tubercle cylindrical,
   not conical.  Small tubercles at the ends of the lateral processes.
   Propodus with 2-3 or more large spines at base.
                                   205
                                   114

-------
CLASS MEROSTOMATA

SUBCLASS XIPHOSURA - Horseshoe Crabs

Definition: Two main body divisions; the horseshoe shaped cephalothorax
            (prosoma) and the hexagonal abdomen (opisthosoma).  There is
            a pair of compound eyes dorso-laterally on the prosoma.  The
            abdomen is armed with 6 spines on each side and a posterior
            spikelike, telson.  The prosoma has 5 pairs of walking legs,
            the opisthosoma 5 pairs of book gills.

 ORDER XIPHOSURIDA

  FAMILY LIMULIDAE

   Fig. 206. Limulus polyphemus (Linnaeus).  Horseshoe Crab.  Northwest
   Atlantic Coast to Florida and the Gulf of Mexico.  Identification -
   same as above definition.  Adult specimens (lengths up to 600 mm,
   including telson) are not collected with weight remote sampling gear.
   However, juveniles up to several centimeters length are occasionally
   obtained.  A juvenile specimen is pictured here.  A. Dorsal view, p,
   prosoma; o, opisthosoma; t, telson.  B. Ventral view.
                                   206
                                  115

-------
                                  SECTION  8

                            PHYLUM ECHINODERMATA

Definition:  Body with pentamerous radial symmetry.  Form varies;
             subspherical, ovoid, starlike, elongate cylindrical or
             wormlike.  May be free living or fixed by a stalk.  An
             internal skeleton is present composed of calcareous ossicles
             which may be loose and flexible or fused to form a rigid
             skeletal test.  The  skeleton usually bears projecting spines
             or tuberlces imparting a spiny or warty appearance to the
             body surface.  An internal water-vascular system is present
             and functions primarily for  locomotion.  There is a
             well-developed digestive tract but no'  excretory system.  The
             sexes are nearly always separate.

The echinoderms are exclusively marine and are among the most familiar
marine invertebrates.  Most are motile bottom dwellers. . They also exhibit
a substantial power of regeneration.  The ability is important to remember
for identification purposes,, since specimens may be obtained that are in
the proess of growing back lost parts.  These regenerating individuals may
appear to be morphologically aberrant when compared to the characteristics
of normal animals.  Another feature, particularly prevalent among the
Ophiuroidea, is the autotomy of arms or other body parts when disturbed or
handled  roughly.

Representatives of three  classes, the Asteroidea, the  Echinoidea and the
Ophiuroidea were commonly collected from  Tampa Bay.  The brittlestars
 (Ophiuroidea) were the most numerically  abudant and most frequently
obtained.  They were  found in nearly all  sediment types.  The  less
abundant, Asteroidea  and  Echinoidea were  associated with the cleaner,
firmer,  sand or shelly substrates.  The  Ophiuroida  are considered to be
members  of the benthic infauna,  since they  are usually found borrowing
within the sediments, while the  asteroids and cechinoids, which  crawl
about on the sediment surface are more  appropriately  lableed as  epifauna.

 CLASS ASTEROIDEA  (Figures 208-210)  ORDERS PAXILLOSIDA, PLATYASTERIDA
                                    SPINULOSIDA
 Definition:  Body  radially symmetrical,  pentagonal  or  stellate with  five
             or more  arms gradually merging with  the  central disc.   Body
             usually  dorso-ventrally flattened with  a  ventral  mouth.
             Ventral  surface  of  arms with a/central  groove  containing  rows
             of  podia (tube  feet).   The ma^reporite is located dorsally.
                                   116

-------
 The Asteroidea also known as starfish or sea stars are easily
 recognizable.'  The asteroid is composed of a central disc from which arms
 or rays project.  Sea stars are typically pentaranous.  Although
 individuals having fewer or greater numbers of rays are common.  The three
 species presented here all have five rays as the normal condition.  They
 are predators and/or scavengers and creep across the sediment, by means of
 numerous ventral tube feet, to locate prey and food items.

 The number, shape and arrangement of the skeletal ossicles are important
 taxonomic characteristics of echinoderms, as well as the numbers and types
 of projecting spines or tubercles.  Figure 207 diagramatically depicts a
 cross  section view of the ossicle arrangement in the arm of a sea star.

 CLASS  ECHINOIDEA (Figures 211-213) ORDERS ARBACIOIDA, TEMNOPLEURIDA,
                                    CLYPEASTEROIDA
 Definition:  Calcareous skeleton fused forming a rigid globular or
              disci ike test.  Movable spines project from test.  They may
              exhibit pentamerous radial  symmetry or bilateral  symmetry
              (secondarily derived).   Mouth.located ventrally,  anus
              dorsally or laterally.

 The sea urchins  and  sand dollars are relatively large members  of the
 benthic community.   The sea urchins  can  be considered as epifaunal
 scavengers, moving about on the surface  of the substrate in search of
 plant  or animal  material.   Sand dollars  are usually located just beneath
 the sediment surface and at times  are locally abundant.   The mouth
 contains a  distinctive  chewing  apparatus  known as Aristotle's  lantern.
 The Spatangoida,  not covered  here,  lack  the apparatus.

 CLASS  OPHIURQIDEA (Figures  214-222)  ORDER OPHIURIDA

 Definition:   The  body (disc)  is  flattened,  circular or  pentagonal  in
              shape,  and  sharply differentiated from the  five symmetrically
              located arms  (rays).  The arms  are  thin,  long  and
              serpentlike, with  reduced podia.   The  madreporite  is  located
              ventrally  and  is obscure.  Mouth  ventral.

 The  Ophiuroidea are  also commonly  known as  brittle  stars, serpent stars,
 snake  stars  or sand  stars.  Seven  species were collected from Tampa Bay.
 All  are  burrowing forms  of  the family Amphiuridae.   They are found  in all
 sediment types, ranging from clean sand to  silty mucks.

 The mechanical process of collecting benthic samples  (obtaining  a grab
 sample,  sieving the  sediment, preservation, etc.) often causes ophiuroids
 to autotomize the disc and/or portions of the  arms.  This can complicate
 identification if more than one  species is present  in a sample.
 Therefore,  in order  to minimize damage by autotomy, samples should be
 processed gently and a relaxant used before specimens are,preserved.
 Formalin softens the calcereous skeleton of ophiuroids and may cause
specimens to fragment. Seventy percent ethyl alcohol is a preferred
preservative.

                                   117

-------
The relative size and proportions of an individual can be seen in Figure
214.  Figure 215 schematically depicts features important for
identification of an amphiurid brittlestar to the genus and species
level.  These characteristics are usually most easily observed when
specimens are first air dried.  However, drying makes the animals even
more brittle, so gentle handling is required.


 CLASS ASTERIODEA

   Fig. 207. Schematic cross-section of a sea star ray.  Right and left
   sides represent two different types of sea star.  Abbreviations as
   follows:  ad, adambu1acral plate; ag, ambulacral groove; am,
   ambulacral plate; in, inframarginal plate; su, supramarginal plate.
   (Modified from Hickman, 1967; and Gosner, 1971).

  ORDER PAXILLOSIDA

  FAMILY ASTEROPECTINIDAE - Gray, 1840

   Fig. 208. Astropecten articulatus -  (Say, 1825).  Chesapeake Bay to
   the Gulf of Mexico to Columbia.  Five arms, moderately long.  The
   paxillar areas on the arms about twice the width of the marginals.
   Paxillae arranged in transverse rows except at the midregion of the
   arms and the disc.  A uniform covering of spinules on the  paxillae
   gives a granulate appearance to the dorsal surface.  Superomarginal
   plate higher than wide, covered with granules, and may bear a small
   spine on the arms.  Interradial supermarginal s without spines.
   Inferomarginal plates with a pair of flattened spines and  sometimes a
   third spine proximal to them.  Below they are  covered with small
   spines and spinules.  Six or fewer tiny  actinal interradial plates
   with a small, central spine surrounded by fine spinules.   The
   adambulacral plates with 3 or 4 slender  spines side by side behind
   which are 2 larger, flattened, truncate  spines and behind  these 3
   smaller spines.  Prominent, elongate mouth plates covered  with small
   spines.  On either side there is a double row  of spinules  and a
   cluster of short, thick, blunt spines at the apex.  A conspicuous
   round madreporite lies flush with the surface  and is covered with fine
   gyri.
                                   118

-------
        PLATE  41 (Figures 207-208)
            DORSAL
                             marginal
                             plates
spines
                  207
                  208
                  119

-------
ORDER PLATYASTERIDA

 FAMILY LUIDIIDAE - Verrill, 1899

 Fig. 209. Luidia clathrata - (Say, 1825).  New Jersey to Brazil.  Five
 arms, skeleton compact.  Paxillae are square, in regular longitudinal
 and transverse rows except on the disc and the midregion of the arms,
 where they are irregularly shaped and arranged.  Center of paxillae
 covered with granules, the periphery with fine spinules.
 Inferomarginal plates with one moderately long, curved, flattened
 marginal spine with 1 or 2 small spines above it, and below a covering
 of very short spines and spinules.  Adambulacral plates with 2 furrow
 spines, laterally flattened and curved; the inner spine more slender
 than the outer one; two flattened spines behind these.  Oval spines
 form a thick cluster; jaws covered with fine spinules.  Madreporite
 concealed by paxillae.

ORDER SPINULOSIDA

 FAMILY ECHINASTERIDAE - Verrill,  1867

 Fig. 210. Echinaster sp.  The various species of Echinaster are not
 well known for the Tampa Bay area.  The specimen figured may be
 Echinaster (Verri11 aster) spinulosus.  (See Downey, 1973).

CLASS ECHINOIDEA   ORDER  ARBACIOIDA

 FAMILY ARBACIIDAE - Gray,  1855

 Fig. 211. Arbacia punctulata -  Lamarck,  1816.   Cape Cod to the  Gulf  of
 Mexico and the West Indies.  Test globular, radially  symmetrical.
 Spines long, the  longest  about  half the  test diameter.  Dorsally, the
 spines are acutely pointed becoming spatulate more ventrally.   The
 periproct with 4  plates;  occasionally 3  or 5.   Color  reddish brown or
 purple to almost  black.

ORDER TEMNOPLEURIDA

 FAMILY TOXOPNEUSTIDAE - Troschel, 1872

 Fig.  212. Lytechinus  variegatus - Lamarck  1816.  Test globular,
 radially symmetrical.   Spines blunt, short dorsally  (about  5 mm)
 increasing to  about 2 x as long as  ventrally  (about  11  mm;  in  a
 specimen with  a test  diameter of 5.5 cm).  Periproct  with numerous
 small plates  (about  14).   Color pink, base of  spines  and  small  spines
 green.
                                 120

-------
                        PLATE 42  (Figures 209-212)
               209
                             210
gMsjB^sre^sv^Wf'-Tl* »J-V   C "   <•;•••-•> "
fifl^ t>?i''-'-' &f'*•*•• .C..- ^> '-^^ • w
        4"r^fcfc?^-iig^;;^:^"«-^"
I           i«£y^&.!^-$;7 ---'  --;, leant-,1
           JiifivLi:'&ii^;^v^: -•"-.- -•? * -•• * - --
v ^V < J^/\
i 
-------
  ORDER CLYPEASTEROIDA
   FAMILY MELLITIDAE - Stefanini, 1911

   Fig. 213.Mellita quinquiesperforata Leske.  Nantucket to Brazil.
   flat, disclike.  Five narrow openings (lunules)  pass completely
   through the body.  Test covered with short slender spines.   Mouth
   slightly anterior of center.
                Test
CLASS OPHIUROIDEA

   Fig. 214. Ophiuroid specimen (Micropholis atra).
   small body and the five long sinuous arms.
Note the relatively
   Fig. 215. Features of an Amphihurid Brittlestar.  A - dorsal view of
   disc; ds, dorsal scales; dap, dorsal armplate; p, pappilae; pp,
   primitive plate; rs, radial shield; acs, accessory shield.  B -
   ventral view of one arm and a portion of the disc, asb, arm spine
   (blunt); asp, arm spine (pointed); as, adoral shield; j, half-jaw
   (oral plate); op, oral papillae; os, oral shield; s, side arm plate;
   t, tentacle, ts, tentacle scale; vap, ventral arm plate.

 ORDER OPHIURIDA

  FAMILY AMPHIURIDAE

   Fig. 216. Amphioplus abditus - Verrill, 1871.  East Coast of the
   United States to West Florida.  Panama.  Disc diameter to 10.0 mm,
   covered with small scales.  Arm length about 10 times the disc
   diameter.  Radial shields straight, separated except at base and two
   and one-half times longer than wide.  Second arm spine usually
   flattened, broadly rounted at tip, and covered with small grain!ike
   spinules.  Each jaw with five pairs of papillae.  Ventral arm plates
   pentagonal, two tentacle scales.
                                   122 j

-------
          PLATE 43 (Figures 213-216)
                                                 dap
216
                   123

-------
ORDER OPHIURIDA

 FAMILY AMPHIURIDAE

  Fig.  217.  Amphioplus thrombodes  - H.L.  Clark,  1918.   Florida,  Biscayne
  Bay,  Key West,  Ft.  Myers,  and Tampa.   Disc diameter  to 6.0 mm, very
  similar to A.  abditus.  but with  only  one tentacle scale (occasionaly
  2)  on most arm segments.   Three  arm spines, all  slender and pointed.
  The scales on  the ventral  disc surface are very  small.  Arms about 10
  times the  disc diameter.   The radial  shields are straight, joined
  distally,  slightly separated proximally, 1.5 to  2.5  times longer than
  wide.  The dorsal disc  scales may be  slightly swollen at their distal
  edge.

  Fig.  218.  Amphipholis squamata (Delle Chiaje,  1829).  Cosmopolitan
  Distribution.   Disc diameter to  3.0 mm in diameter,  covered with large
  scales.  Arms  short 4-5 times disc diameter.  Radial shields joined,
  about twice as long as  wide.  Three pairs of oral papillae, distal
  pair opercular.  Oral shield as  wide or wider than long.  Three arm
  spines, two large tentacle scales.  Dorsal arm plates non-over-
  lapping.  A. Dorsal View.   B. Ventral View.
                                   124

-------
PLATE 44 (Figures  217-218)
           217
            218
          125

-------
Fig. 219. Micropholis atra (Stimpson, 1852).  New York and Virginia to
the Gulf of Mexico.  Disc diameter to about 8.0 mm, with arms about 7
times disc diameter.  Infradental papillae smallest or equal to
adjacent ones.  Distal most papillae largest, triangular, tending to
reduce the size of the gap between jaws.  Oral shield diamond shaped,
longer than wide; 2 tentacle scales, 3 arm spines acutely pointed,
slender; ventral arm plates narrower at distal end than .at proximal:
dorsal arm plates wider than long, entire disc scaled, ventral scales
numerous, smaller than dorsal, large scales bordering disc surface.

Fig. 220. Micropholis gracillima - (Stimpson, 1852).  South Carolina;
Florida; Bermuda; West Indies; Honduras and Brazil.  Disc diameter to
6.0 mm, covered with fine scales.  Arm length about 20 times disc
diameter.  Radial shields slender 3 times as  long as wide, joined
about one half of length.  For or five pointed arm spines near disc,
reduced to three more distally.  Two narrow tentacle scales.  Ventral
arm plates pentagonal, about as  long as wide.  Three pairs of oral
papillae, the distal pair opercular.  Oral shields diamond shaped,
longer than wide.   Dorsal arm plates about half  as long  as wide.

Fig. 221. Hemipholis elongata -  (Say, 1825).  South Carolina to  both
sides of Florida; Puerto Rico; Trinidad and Brazil.  Disc diameter to
9.0 mm; dorsal surface with well deffned  scales, ventral  surface
without scales.  Arm  length about 8  times disc diameter.  One pair of
large flattened  oral papillae.   Radial  shields as  long as wide.   Three
slender pointed  arm spines and a single tentacle scale.   Dorsal  arm
plates are 3  times  wider than long.
                                 126

-------
PLATE 45 (Figures 219-221)
            220

-------

Fig. 222. Ophiophragmus filograneus (Lyman, 1875).  Florida, frofn Lake
Worth on the east coast to the Tampa Bay region on the west coast.
Disc diameter to 9.0 mm, with a fence of small blunt papillae around
the distal margin.  Dorsal scales large, prominent; ventral scales
covered with papillae-like granules.  Three pairs of oral papillae.
Arms with three bluntly rounded spines.  Near the disc the middle
spine may have smal-1 terminal teeth.  Dorsal arm plates three times
wider than long; ventral arm plates pentagonal.

Not. Fig.  Ophiophragmus wurdemani (Lyman, 1860).  West Coast of
Florida; Beaufort, North Carolina.  Disc diameter to 9.0 mm, with a
fence of small blunt papillae around the distal margin.  Three pairs
of oral papillae, infradentals largest.  Dorsal scales prominent;
radial shields large joined along entire length and about 1.5 times
longer than wide.  Ventral arm plates wider than long; three bluntly
pointed arm spines.  Very similar to (h filograneus, but lacks the
ventral papilla-like granules.

0. wurdemani was not collected by the author.  However, because of the
"close similarity to CL filograneus and because it has been reported
for this area the description was included.
                                 128

-------
       PLATE  46 (Figure 222)
.*\ -• *,  • . .   >, ','-'- • a
r  4 vv --,,  -  -, --• --' »
                  129

-------
                                  SECTION  9

                             MISCELLANEOUS PHYLA

This section includes all remaining phyla that were recovered from the
study area.  The following phyla are included in this section:  Porifera
(sponges), Coelenterata (hydroids and anemones), Platyhelminthes
(flatworms), Rhynchocoela (nemertines), Nematoda (roundworms), Phoronida,
Branchipoda;, (lamp shells), Sipunculida,  Hemichordata (acorn worms), and
Chordata (subphylum Urochordata), and Cephalochordata.

Most of these phyla were represented by only one or two species.
Occasionally, certain of these species would occur in relatively large
numbers, such asMolgula occidental is Traustedt and Glottidia pyramidata
Stimpson.  Phyla such as Plathelminthes,  Nematoda and Rhynchocoela often
require special procedures, such as differential staining and sectioning,
for positive identification.  The marine  species of these phyla have not
been as intensively studied as the more common groups, such as
polychaetes, molluscs, crustaceans and echinoderms.  Consequently, there
is not as much information available for  identification of these animals.

The following sections are arranged in a  phylogenetic manner, that is,
from the most simple body plan (Porifera) to the most complex (Chordata).

                          PHYLUM  PORIFERA (SPONGES)

Defintion:   Multicellular animals without formed organs or organ
             systems.  They are sessile,  ranging from encrusting forms to
             large amorphous masses or well defined structures.  Sponges
             range from a few millimeters to hundreds of millimeters in
             size.  The outer surface is  covered with pores of two types;
             incurrent (ostia) usually microscopic, and excurrent
             (oscula), up to a centimeter in diameter.

Most sponges possess calearsous or siliceous spicules and/or a protein
material, spongin.  The spicules embedded in the spongin lend structural
support.  Based on size, the spicules are initially classified as
megascleres or microscleres.  Sponge size, color, morphology and spicule
types are important identification characters.

CLASS DEMOSPONGIAE

   ORDER HADROMERIDA

     FAMILY CLIONIDAE (Figure 223)
                                   130

-------
               PHYLUM  COELENTERATA  (CNIDARIA)  (Figures 224-227)

  Defintion:   Body with radial or biradial symmetry; tentacle bearing and
              with nematocysts.  May be a sessile polyp or free-swimming
              medusa.  A gastrovascular cavity  is present with a single
              opening  serving as both mouth and anus.  Two tissue layers,
              the epidermis and the gastrodermis, separated by a mesoglea,
              which may exhibit some cellular organization or serve
              primarily as a support matrix.  Many species are polymorphic
              having a polypoid and medusoid stage.

 The Coelenterata, popularly known as jellyfish, anemones, corals, hydras
 and hydroids, is a large diverse phylum.  Its members are exclusively
 aquatic and primarily marine.  Single individuals as well as colonial
 forms are represented.  Some species may exhibit only the polypoid or
 medusoid form while other species exhibit both forms during their life
 eye1e.

 In spite of the fact that there is a large number of species contained
 within this phylum,  relatively few representatives were collected from
 Tampa Bay.  The bay benthic substrate is not generally suitable for  '
 attachment of sessile organisms such as hydroids.   Areas most likely to
 exhibit a sessile attached fauna,  such as pilings,  seawalls,  breakwaters
 and mangrove roots,  were  not sampled since the emphasis  of the  study was
 on the open expanses of bay bottom.  Thus the number of  species which were
 found in relatively  small.  Specimens  were not identified to  the species
 level because of their rarity of  occurrence (hydroids)  and the  necessity
 of obtaining microscopic  sections,  as  for the anemones.


 CLASS HYDROZOA   (Figure 224)   ORDER ATHECATA   ORDER THECATA

 Most  of  the members  of this  class have  a  sessile polypoid  stage with many
       in     ree medUSae Sta9e'  The 9rouP  is  extremely diverfe.  Colony
              presence or  absence or a  chitinous covering, stem
      ™       *truc1ye of  the hydrothecae, and  arrangement of gonophores
 are some of  the  systematically important features.            yunopnores,

 CLASS ANTHOZOA (Figures 225-226)

   ORDER ACTINIARIA  ORDER CERIANTHARIA

The anemones are solitary and without internal calcareous spicules or an
external skeleton.  Aborally there is an adherent basTor a? in  the
burrowing forms a rounded  tapered end. Orally there is a ring or rings or
tentacles.  Species identification in this group is based on characters
such as: the development  of internal mesentaries,  the structure  of the
oral sphincter,  the basal  musculature and the types of nematocys?s present
                                   131

-------
                  PHYLUM PLATYHELMINTHES (Figures 228-229)

CLASS TURBELLARIA - Free living flatworms

Definition:  Flatworms are soft-bodied, dorsoventrally flattened and
             unsegmented; they lack a coelom and definitive anus and have
             a ventral mouth either near midbody or near the anterior end.

ORDER POLYCLADIDA

The Polycladida are most commonly found non-parasitic flatworms of benthic
studies.  They are difficult to identify to species level while alive or
without using special fixing and clearing procedures, followed by
sectioning.  However, some species can be tentatively identified using
externally visible characteristics.

Two species were commonly enocuntered  in the area of collection, although
never in  large numbers.
 Definition:
              PHYLUM RHYNCHOCOELA (NEMERTEA)  (Figures  230-231)

             The Rhynchocoela are bilaterally symmetric,  acoelomate,
             non-segmented and are dorsoventrally flattened or
             cylindrical.  The body is soft and covered by glandular  cilia
             which makes the surface slimy.  They have an eversible
             proboscis, a complete digestive system, a flame cell
             excretory system, a brain and lateral nerves.  The sexes are
             usually separate.

Most nemerteans are marine bottom dwellers in shallow water   Taxonomic
distinctions are based primarily on the structure of the probosc s and the
location of the longitudinal nerves with respect to thee muscle layers.
Species identification is therefore difficult and,  if a stain has been
used to facilitate sorting of samples, identification is not possible.
The proboscis of a nemertean is often extruded in fixed specimens.  This
feature along with the lack of any appendages, no segmentation, the
frequent presence of several ocelli (eyes) and the  usual slimy mucus
coatinq, usually enables  the investigator  to recognize a nemertean.
NemeXns were^ommon but never particularly abundant in the study area.
Figure 230 is a basic  diagram of a nemertean while  Figure 231 is a photo
of preserved specimens.
                                    132

-------
                        PHYLUM NEMATODA  (Figure 232)

Defintion:   The Nematoda, or round worms, have a slender, cylindrical,
             elongated body, usually tapered at both ends, and covered
             with a cuticle.  They have  no segmentation, cilia, or
             circular muscle fibers.  A  true digestive tract a pseudocoel
             are present.  The sexes are separate.

The Nematoda are comprised of many free  living and parasitic species
occupying marine, fresh water, and terrestrial habitats.  They are the
most numerous and widespread of all multicellular animals occurring
virtually everywhere on earth.  The marine forms account for the greatest
number of species.  Generally the greatest numbers of nematodes occur in
areas of least osmotic stress, with brackish and estuarine waters
harboring fewer species than more saline waters.  Most nematodes are
small, less than 1 mm, and are usually considered to be a component of the
meiofauna.  Relatively large nematodes, up to several millimeters in
length, were frequently collected from Tampa Bay.

Nematodes are difficult to identify and their classification is still
unstable.  Furthermore, there are relatively few workers deal.ing with
marine nematodes.  The Bibliography should be consulted for further
reading.


               PHYLUM PHORONIDA (Phoronid worms) (Figure 233)

Definition:  Unsegmented, wormlike, tube-dwelling animals with a
             lophophore; they have a recurved digestive tract with the
             anal opening near the mouth.  A relatively small phylum of
             approximately 18 species.


                             PHYLUM BRACHIOPODA

Definition:  Exclusively marine or estuarine, bivalved animals with a
             lophophore.  One valve is cemented to the substratum, or
             attached by a fleshy pedicle, or the animal is burrowing with
             an elongated pedicle slightly enlarged distally and used as
             an anchor.

Brachiopods may initially be mistaken as bivalve molluscs.  However, there
is no relationship between the groups other than the similarity of the
external shell.  The internal anatomy is different and the shell valves
are arranged dorsal  and ventral  rather than laterally as in the Bivalvia.
Most brachiopods inhabit offshore waters.  There is a common estuarine
representative of the family Lingulidae which occurs with a patchy
abundance along the  Southeast U.S. Coast and the Gulf coast of Florida.

 CLASS  INARTICULATE  (Figure 234)

   ORDER  LINGULIDA
                                   133

-------
                                   the
                      PHYLUM SIPUNCULA  (Peanut Worms)

Definition:  Fleshy, wormlike animals without segmentation or appendages;
             consisting of two discernable body regions.  Anteriorly,
             there is a narrow retractile introvert followed by a thicker
             trunk   The introvert has a terminal mouth encircled by
             tentacles.  The anus is located anteriorly on the dorsal side
             of the trunk.

The sipunculids are composed of about 300 species of marine *n|mals-nnTh.ey
are exclusively benthic.  They are wormlike and range in size from 200-600
mm   The body surface may be smooth or covered with various epidermal
structures such as papillae, holdfasts or hooks.  The introvert is often
completely retracted in preserved specimens, which in turn may alter the
shape of the trunk.  Sipunculids may be  sedentary, burrowers or live
within discarded  gastropod  shells.  Specimens of sipunculids are rarely
obtained in the Tampa Bay area and there is very little  information  in
literature of their occurrences.

FAMILY GOLFINGIIDAE  (Figures 235-236)

                      PHYLUM HEMICHORDATA (Acorn Worms)

Definition:  Relatively large wormlike  animals without  appendages; with  a
             three-part body; an  extensible proboscis,  separated by  the
             cylindrical  collar  from the long  trunk.

Entire  animals  are seldom collected  with light-weight,  remote  sampling'
gear.   Hemichordates  live in long U-shaped burrows in fine sand  or mud and
can retreat deep into the substrate  if  disturbed.   Most frequently,
specimens  are  obtained lacking  some  portion of the trunk.   Minute
juveniles  are  sometimes collected which differ slightly in appearance from
 adults.

 CLASS ENTEROPNEUSTA

 FAMILY HARRIMANIIDAE (Figure 237)

                                PHYLUM CHORDATA

 Most chordates are vertebrates.  However, two subphyla, the Urochordata
 and Cephalochordata, lack  a backbone but exhibit chordate characteristics
 at some time during their  life cycle.   These characteristics area
 notochord, a dorsal hollow nerve cord and pharyngeal clefts.  These
 animals little resemble other chordates.
134

-------
SUBPHYLUM UROCHORDATA  (Tunicates)

Comprised of about  1300  species, most  urochordates  are  tube or
barrel-shaped and are  attached to the  substratum  in  some manner.   These
are three classes of urochordates:  the Ascidiacea,  Thaliacea,  and the
Larvacea.  The ascidians are the most  numerous  and  common, the  other two
classes  living a specialized planktonic existence.

CLASS ASCIDIACEA (Sea  Squirts) (Figures 238-239)

The ascidians are sessile tunicates which are quite  common worldwide and
most abundant in the littoral zone, attaching primarily to firm
substrates, rocks,  pilings, and boats  with some species being found in mud
or sand.  They are  hermaphroditic, with the number,  shape and placement of
gonads being an important taxonomic characteristic.  There are  two
siphonal openings in the tunicate test, the incurrent,  branchial siphon
and the  excurrent atrial siphon.  The  branchial siphon  opens into  the
branchial chamber which  is separated from the atrial or peribranchial
chamber  by rows of  stigmata (gill slits) some times  called the  pharyngeal
basket.  Figure 238 diagramatically depicts some of  the important  features
of a tunicate.

ORDER PLEUROGONA

FAMILY MOLGULIDAE (Figure 239)

Two species from this family were collected from Tampa  Bay.  They  are both
very similar in external appearance.   Only'Mo 1 guT-a occidental is is
pictured here.  Bostrichobranchus pilularis Verrill, 1871.StT Lawrence
estuary  to both sides of Florida.  Maximum length 3.5 to 4.0 cm.   Lives
unattached, burried in mud or sand.  Globular in shape, with a  thin,
nearly transparent  integument arid a single bean-shaped  gonad on the left
side of  the body.   The branchial  sac is without folds,  the stigmata are
spiral.  Branchial   siphon six-lobed, atrial siphon four-lobed.   A
bean-shaped kidney  is present, attached to the right posterior part of the
mantle.
                                   135

-------
 PHYLUM PORIFERA

  CLASS DEMOSPONGIAE

   ORDER HADROMERIDA

    FAMILY CLIONIDAE

   Fig. 223. Cliona celata - Grant, 1826.  Encrusting, frequently
   emergent from riddled mollusc shells, forming crusts with scattered
   wart!ike oscula (A).  They may also be massive without a trace of the
   original host shell.  Microscleres are absent and the1 megascleres are
   one one type (B).  The color is usually bright yellow.
PHYLUM COELENTERATA (CNIDARIA)

CLASS  HYDROZOA

   Fig. 224. Hydroid specimens representing various families:  A.
   Campanularidae, B.  Campanulinidae, C. Eudendriidae, D. Clavidae.
   ORDER THECATA:  A,B; ORDER ATHECATA:  C,D.

CLASS  ANTHOZOA

 ORDER ACTINIARIA

  TRIBE ANTHANARIA - Burrowing Anemones
   FAMILY EDWARDSIIDAE
   Fig. 225. Edwardsi  sp.
                                    136

-------
PLATE 47 (Figures  223-225)
            223
           ', 224
                                    225
            137

-------
   TRIBE THENARIA
   FAMILY ACTINOSTOLIDAE
    Fig. 226.  A.  Paranthus sp.   B.  An unidentified species.

   ORDER CERIANTHAIRA

    Fig. 227.  Cerianthus sp.

PHYLUM PLATYHELMINTHES  CLASS TURBELLARIA

  ORDER POLYCLADIDA  FAMILY STYLOCHIDAE

    Fig. 228.  Euprlana gracilis  (Girard, 1850).  4 or 5 eyes  (ocelli) in a
    row anteriorly, on each side of the longitudinal midline,  plus 2 more
    behind each row.

    Fig. 229.  Stylochus sp. .Eyes around anterior margin, plus 2-4 central
    eyes; tentacles dorsally'near brain; tentacles often difficult to see
    (not visible in photograph).
PHYLUM  RHYNCHOCOELA  (NEMERTEA)
    Fig. 230.  Basic anatomy of a nemertean

    Fig. 231.  Unidentified nemertean.  P, proboscis; B, body
                                    138

-------
           PLATE  48 (Figures 226-231)
                                                   228
  229
   PROBOSCIS


    OCELLI






    RHYNCHOCOEL
INTESTINE
    '227


c^y^v^v&v^^iVvf



£ii*!?%*'fs,^^l-?'•-• j: 't'liP  fs< *'"!>^
W'-~? - iff 4    ' ='?' - t  /.-,6'^»"i> /'-,/ ,-*?.<
   230
                       139
       231

-------
PHYLUM NEMATODA

   Fig. 232.  Unidentified large nematode commonly collected from Tampa
   Bay.
PHYLUM PHORONIDA
   Fig. 233.  Phoronis architecta - Andrews, 1890.  Up to 50 mm in
   length.  Slender.  Posterior end slightly swollen.  Lives in a
   straight,  usually rigid cylindrical tube constructed of sand.  This
   was the only phoronid species collected in the study area.

 PHYLUM BRACHIOPODA  CLASS  INARTICULATA

   ORDER LINGULIDA

    FAMILY LINGULIDAE

   Fig. 234.  Glottidia pyramidata (Stimpson, 1860).  Virginia to both
   sides of Florida.  To 25 mm in length.  Fragile, elongate, dorso-
   ventrally flattened shell, with a  long fleshy pedicle arising from the
   ventral valve at the posterior end.  Setae rim the shell margins,
   being longest at the anterior margin.  The shell lacks a hinge, being
   held together by muscles only.  Color creme to yellow.  A. Adult
   specimen.   B. Juvenile at settling  stage.

 PHYLUM SIPUNCLA  FAMILY GOLFINGIIDAE

   Fig. 235.  Phascolion strombi - Montague, 1804.  Previously reported
   from Nova Scotia to North Carolina.  Length about 16 mm in coiled
   position.   This specimen was found  occupying  a gastropod shell, which
   modified the body form.  Trunk with scattered chitinized denticles.

   Fig. 236. Unidentified specimens of sipunculids.
                                   140
                                                                                   I
                                                                                  f:

-------
              PLATE 49 (Figures 232-236).
235
141

-------
PHYLUM HEMICHORDATA  CLASS ENTEROPNEUSTA

  FAMILY HARRIMANIIDAE

    Fig. 237. Stereobalanus canadensis - Spengel, 1893.  The identity of
    this hemichordate was not confirmed.  However, the specimens collected
    closefy resembled ^. canadensis.  A. Adult specimens.  B. Juvenile
    specimens.

 PHYLUM  CHORDATA   CLASS  ASCIDIACEA  (Sea Squirts)

    Fig. 238. Schematic tunicate, as, atrial siphon; be, branchial
    chamber; bs, branchial siphon; g, gonads, i, intestine; t, test.

   ORDER PLEUROGONA

    FAMILY MOLGULIDAE

    Not. Fig.  Bostrichobranchus pilularis.  Verrill, 1871.  St. Lawrence
    estuary to both sides of Florida.  Maximum length 3.5 to 4.0 cm.
    Lives unattached, burried in mud or sand.  Globular in shape, with a
    thin, nearly transparent integument and a single bean-shaped gonad on
    the left side of the body.  The branchial sac is without folds, the
    stigmata are spiral.  Branchial siphon six-lobed, atrial siphon
    four-lobed.  A bean-shaped kidney is present, attached to the right
    posterior part of the mantle.

    Fig. 239. Molgula occidental is -  Traustedt, 1883.  North Carolina^
    both sides of Florida and the West Indies.  Up to 6 cm in length.
    Body oval to nearly circular.  Found buried with apertures and part of
    body protruding from sand.  The test is thin and semitransparent, but
    may be thickened and hard around the siphons.  Sand grains adhere to
    the surface of the test.  A large gonad is present on each side of the
    body, each gonad consisting of an elongate, curved, tubular ovary
    bordered by clusters of branched male glands.  Branchial sac with six
    well-developed folds.  Large oblong kidney connected to the mantle on
    the right side.  Branchial siphon six-lobed atrial siphon four-lobed.
    This species occasionally occurred in high-density patches during the
    winter months.
                                   142

-------
                         PLATE 50  (Figures 237-239)
                       ?•', ^/
** SrA^^^ \*  ,^' * ?**^ ^    ^i~^  ^^A.^*
v^*x ««*.i«^^^^*^^#^£*^f «*^rt^<^ ^*,^
                                      237
           DORSAL
                            ANTERIOR
              238
                                                            239
                                     143

-------
                                 SECTION 10
                                  GLOSSARY
abapical:  Directed away from the apex.
abdomen:  Portion of the body posterior to the thorax or anterior-most  por-
     tion; often composed of similar segments; usually followed by a  tail
     region.
aberrant:  Abnormal, different; a deviation from the usual  type.
aboral:  Pertaining to an area away from or most distant from the mouth or
     oral region.
accessory tooth:  In some species of Polydora (Polychaeta)  a small  sub-
     terminal tooth on the modified setae of setiger 5.
aohaetous:  Also asetigerous; lacking setae.
acicle:  In the crustaceans, an-antennal" scale which is reduced to a  spine.
aciculum (acicula):  A thick, chitinous rod embedded in and supporting  one
     or both parapodial lobes.  Acicular "setae" are thick and projecting.
actinal:  In a radially-symmetrical animal, that part which contains  the
     mouth  (or anus) and from which arms or tentacles radiate.
acuminate'.  Sharply pointed; ending or tapering to a point.
acute:  Sharp; a point or angle of less than 90 degrees.
adambulacral:  Any of a series of ossicles lying along the ambulacra! grooves
     of starfishes.'
adapical:   Directed toward the shell apex.
adductor muscles:   In a bivalve, the muscles which close the valves.
afferent channels:  In crustaceans, openings through which water passes to
     the gills.
aileron:  Accessary jaw plate characteristic of the polychaete family
     Glyceridae.
aUrribate:   Without  a limbus; not limbate;  for polychaetes describes smooth
     capillary setae.
                                     144

-------
 ambulacrum:   One of the  radial  furrows of an echinoderm ray along which run
      the principal  nerves and water vascular tubes, and which usually bear
      rows of tube feet that  protrude  from regular pores.

 amorphous:  Without a definite  form or shape.

 ampulla:  A  muscular bulb-like  end of a tube foot in the echinoderms.

 anal:   Near  or  pertaining to the anus or posterior opening of the digestive
      tract.

 anal  cirrus  (cirri):  A  long, slender process(es) arising from the pygidium.

 annulated:   With  a  serially-ringed appearance.

 antenna (antennae):  Slender sensory  projections arising from the anterior-
      most or head region; long or short, segmented or unsegmented, paired or
      unpaired.

 antennal spine:   In  crustaceans, a spine immediately below the orbit
      adjacent to  the antenna base.

 antennule:   The second antenna of crustaceans,'usually smaller.

 anterior:  Pertaining to or near the front or forward end.

 anterolateral teeth:  Small  ridges (teeth) along the margin of a decapod's
     carapace between the orbit and the lateral spine..

 aperture;  A  space or gap; the opening into the first whorl  in the shell  of
     a  gastropod, usually more or less round or ovoid.

 apex:   The tip of the spine of a snail shell; the point or  tip.

 apical:   Pertaining to the tip or apex.

 apodeme:  A cuticular ridge, process,  or any other ingrowth  of an arthropod
     skeleton.

 apodous:  Without parapodia.

apophysis:  A bony process;  outgrowth  or swelling.

appendix interna:  In some crustaceans,  a  small,  hooked branch on the medial
     side of the  pieopodal  endopodite  which  interlocks  with  the other
     endopodite when swimming.

appendix masculina:  In  some crustaceans,  the accessory male organ  located
     medially between the endopodite and appendix interna on-,the  second pair
     of pleopods.

arborescent:   With tree-like branching.


                                    145

-------
archetype:  See prototype.
arcuate:  Arched or curved as a bow.
areolation:  In crustaceans, the marking of various  areas of  the carapace by
     furrows, ridges, or other offsets of contour^
aristate:  In the Polychaeta, setae that terminate  in  a  long,  slender spine
     or spines.
arthrobranch (arthrobranohia):  In some crustaceans, a gill which  is attached
     to the joint area between the coxa of an appendage  and body wall.
asetigerous:  Also achaetous; lacking setae.
asexual:  Without sexasin any reproduction not involving gametes.
autotomize:  To shed or cast off easily or deliberately.
autotomy:  Self amputation.
auxiliary clous:  In the  Pycnogonida, a small spine-like projection at  the
     base of the dactyl.
axial:  In the same direction as the axis; (in a snail)  from  apex  to base;
     in the plane of the  axis.
base:  The bottom; in snails, the end opposite the apex; in  bivalves,  the
     margin opposite the  hinge margin.
basicerite:  A spine on the  dorsal or dorso-lateral side of the basis  of an
     antenna.
basipodite:  Basipod; distal of the two segments composing the protopodite
     of a  biramous appendage.
basis:  See also  basipodite; second segment of a leg of maxilliped.
beaded:   Raised,  usually  smooth projections or bumps; often present on
     mollusc shells at costae  intersections.
beak:  Also umbo; the earliest  formed part of a  bivalve shell near the hinge.
benthic:   Pertaining to the  benthos.
benthos:   Collective term used  to  refer to all the  plants and animals  living
     on  the  bottom of a lake or sea.
biacioular:   In  the  Polychaeta, having  acicula in both  the notopodial  and
     neuropodial  branches.
biarticulate:   With  two joints  or  divisions.
                                     146

-------
 bidentate:   With  two  teeth.

 bifid:   Divided into  two  parts;  forked; with  two branches.

 bifurcate:   Terminating in two prongs, usually longer and more widely
      separated than bifid.

 bilimbate:   In the Polychaeta, simple setae with two wing!ike, flattened
      margins, often making the setae v-shaped in cross section.

 bilobate:  With two lobes.

 biradial symmetry:  A radially-arranged organism in which the number of
    .  repeated parts is only, two; bilateral symmetry superimposed on a funda-
      mental  radial symmetry.

 biramous:  Two-branched;  in the  Polychaeta, refers to having two branches of
      the parapodia.

 bivalve:  With two valves; common term applied to pelecypod mollusc with two
      shelly  valves, e.g.  a clam or mussel.

 boathooks:   Also crochet  setae and falcate hooks; stout sickle-shaped spines
      found in some species of polychaetes.

 body whorl:  In a snail,  the last and usually largest turn.

 branchia (branchiae):  Respiratory structures, especially in the polychaetes;
      a gill.

 branehiocardiao groove:   A furrow on the dorsal  surface of the carapace of
     many decapod crustaceans separating the branchial  and cardial  regions.

 branohiostegal spine:  Spine on the anterior edge of the carapace of some
     crustaceans,  immediately below the branchtostegal  groove.

 branohiostegite :  Lateral  expanded portion of a  crustacean carapace which
     forms a gill  cover and gill  chamber.

 buooal:  Pertaining to the mouth or that portion  of the body containing the
    , mouth.

 buoaal aavity:  Mouth cavity, just inside the mouth opening.

byssal gape:  An opening on the ventral  margin of bivalves through  which
     projects the  byssus.

byssus:  Threadlike chitinous fibers  secreted by  the foot of a bivalve  which
     serves as an  anchor.

 aaloareous:  Composed of calcium  carbonate; hard,  shelly material.
                                     147

-------
callus:  A thickening of calcareous or enamel-1ike  material  usually around
     the aperture or umbilicus in snails.
canal:  A tubular prolongation; in snails;  a siphonal  and/or anal  canal may
     be present.
cancellate:  Criss-crossing sculpture lines usually intersecting  at right
     angles.
capillary setae:  Descriptive of-long, slender, tapering setae of poly--
     chaetes.
cardinal teeth:  The largest, strongest teeth of a  bivalve hinge  usually
     located just below the beaks.
carina:  Elevated ridge or keel.
carnivore:  Any animal that feeds mainly on living  animal  matter.
carnivorous:  Being a carnivore.
carpopodite:  Also carpus; the fifth segment of the pereiopod in  most
     Crustacea.
carpus:  See carpopodite.
caruncle:  Any fleshy outgrowth or protuberance; in the polychaetes,  a ridge
     or process on or following the prostomium.
cephalic:  Pertaining to the  head or anterior end.
cephalon:  Also cephalic;  the  head or anterior region and its attached parts,
cerate:  External respiratory  outgrowths on the dorsal surface of some
     snails.
ceratophore:  Also cirrophore; base joint  of an antenna; base of a cirrus.
ceratostyle:  Also c'irrostyle; distal joint of an  antenna; distal joint of
     a cirrus.
cervical groove:  A  groove or series of transverse grooves running across
      the carapace, marking the general separation  of  the head and thoracic
     areas of many decapod crustaceans.
chela  (chelae):   Arthropod appendage modified  to form a pincer or claw;
      short,  broad sponge  spicule  with recurved hooks, plates or  flukes at
      each  end.
chelate:   Possessing claws or pincers.
                                     148

-------
 chelipeds :  First pair of thoracic legs immediately behind  the maxillipeds
      in Crustacea, often bearing chelae.

 chevron:  A v-shaped chitinized jaw-piece at the base  of the  proboscis of
      some polychaetes.


 chitin:  A tough resistant compound forming the  hard covering of arthropods;
      also found sparingly in certain structures  of  other animals.

 chitinous :   Composed of chitin.

 chondrophore :   A pit or spoonlike shelf, in the  hinge  of a  bivalve, into
      which  fits a chitinous  cushion or  resilium.

 oil-La:   Plural  of cilium; short,  hair!ike processes on the  surface of a
      cell,  usually numerous.

 cirriform:   Slender and cylindrical;  filamentous.

 cirrus:  A  long,  slender, usually cylindrical, sensory projection.

 clavate:  Club  shaped;  with an  inflated  base and slender tip.

 ooelom:  Body cavity formed between  layers  of mesoderm and lined with
      epithelium of mesodermal origin.

 coelomate:   Having a  coelom.

 collar: A  fold or flap of tissue  encircling or rimming.

 colonial:   Any  species of animal that lives in groups of separate,  attached
      or incompletely  separated  individuals.

 colimella:  Axial  column  or pillar around which the  whorls of a  snail  shell
      form their spiral circuit.

 oommensal:  One of the members of a commensal ism  association.

 commensalism:   Close associations between two different species where  one
     member derives a benefit and the other member neither'benefits nor
     suffers.                                   '-.•••••

 companion setae:   In the Polychaeta, small, simple setae  which accompany or
     alternate with larger or modified setae.                     '

 composite setae:  Also compound setae; jointed  setae; composed of two or
     more joined parts.

compressed:   Flattened.

concentric:   One within the other; non-intersecting  curved lines with a
     common  center.
                                    149

-------
condyle:  Knob!ike, articulating surface.

conic:  Cone shaped; conical.

conspecific:  Pertaining to the same species;  members  or  groups of  the same
     species.

cord:  In molluscs, a coarse, rounded spiral or transverse  linear sculpture
     on the shell surface; smaller than costae.

corneous:  Horny or hornlike material.

costae:  A rib or ridge!ike structure.

coxa:  See also coxopodite; first segment of an arthropod leg which articu-
     lates with the thorax.

coxopodite:  See also coxa; basal segment of the pereiopod of many  Crustacea;
     the basal segment of the two segments of the protopodite of a  biramous
     appendage.

crenulate:   Notched or scalloped around the margin.

crotchet:   Long setae with one or more terminal teeth at an angle to the
     shaft.

dactyl  (dactylus or daotylopodite):   Digit, as a finger or toe; the moveable
     finger of a cheliped.

deciduous:   Having a tendency to fall off easily.

deck:   A septum  or sheet  of  shelly  substance  in the umbonal region of some
      Gastropoda.

denticle:   A small,  tooth!ike  projection.

denticulate: Toothed;  with  numerous  projections.

detritus:   Particulate  debris of organic or inorganic origin.

dextral:  "Right handed"; turning  from  left to  right; clockwise,,

digitform:   Finger shaped.

dimorphism: The  occurrances  of two  distinct morphological  types in  a
      population.

discoid:  Disc  shaped;  in the  Gastropoda, whorls coiled  in one plane.

 distal:  Situated away form the base or point of attachment.

 dorsal:  Pertaining to  the back or upper surface.

                                      150

-------
 efferent channels'.  Channels through  which  water  leaves  the  gills of a
      crustacean, usually opening at the  sides  of  the  endostome.

 elongate*.  Longer than wide.


 elytron (elytra):  Also elytrum; in the  Polychaeta, a  flat,  scalelike
      modified dorsal  cirrus.

 encrusting'.   To  cover; a layer or hard coating.

 endognath:   The  principal  branch of a maxilliped.


 endopodlte:   Also endopod;  the medial ramus of a  biramus appendage.

 endostome:   In the branchyuran Crustacea forms the palate of the epistome.

 entire:   Smoothly arched or curved; without interruption.


 eplbranchlal region:   The area of a crab carapace which.is situated behind
      the  orbit and above the metabranchial region.

 epidermis:   Outtermost layer(s)  of the integument.


 eplfauna:  The fauna  that lives  exposed on the surface.


 epigastric lobes:   Regions  or lobes near the upper medial part of the abdomen.

 eplmere:  Lateral  portion of the  body somites between the tergum and the
      insertion point of the  appendages.

 eplpodlte:   Gill   separator;  narrow outgrowth attached at  or near the base
      of the  thoracic appendages  in some decapods  which keeps  the gills
      separated.


 epistome:  Small   flap which covers the mouth of some  Bryozoa; in some
      crustaceans, a plate which lies between the  mouth and  the base  of  the
      second antennae.


 epltoke:  A modified reproductive stage of the  Polychaeta.

 equilateral:  In  bivalves, the anterior and  posterior  ends  of equal  size.

 equlvalve:  In bivalves, each valve equal  in size  and  shape.

 escutcheon:   In bivalves, a long, depressed  area  dorsally just  porterior
     to the  beaks.


exognath:  Secondary, or outer branch  of  a maxilliped.

exopodlte:  Also  exopod; lateral  ramus  of a  biramous appendage.
                                    151

-------
eye tubercle:  A raised projection which  supports  the  eye.
facial tubercle-.  A conspicious lobe or process  on the anterior  portion of
     the prostomium of some polychaetes.
falcate:  Being distally hooked and usually blunt.
falciger:  Setae which are distally blunt and curved.
fascicle:  A bundle or group of setae.
fascicle:  A band of color; in gastropods, formed  by successive  growth lines
     on the edge of a canal.
filiform:  Long and slender; threadlike.
fingers:  Also digits; narrow blades of the claw end of a  cheliped.
flatmulations:  Flame-shaped spots of color.
foliaceous:  Shaped like a leaf.
foot:  A muscular portion of a mollusc used for locomotion.
front:  On a crab, that anterior portion-lying between the orbits.
frontal antenna:  Anteriormost antenna.
frontal teeth:  Teeth found on the front margin of the carapace, exclusive
     of the inner orbital teeth.
fusiform:  Spindle shaped; cigar shaped; being wide in the middle and
     tapering at both ends.
gamete:  A male or female reproductive cell,
gap  (gaping):  A space; in bivalves, the valves not closing completely.
gastric region:  In the crab carapace, a large median area bounded by the
     cervical suture, the hepatic  regions and the front orbital  regions;
     divisible  into the following  subregions:  epigastric, protogastric,
     mesogastric, metagastric, and urogastric,
gastrodermis:   A layer of cells which  lines  the gastrovascular cavity of
     the coelenterates, the ctenophores, and the  platyhelminthes.
genticulat:   Bent or sharply curved.
gill:  Aquatic  respiratory organ,  usually a  thin-walled projection; also
     see branchia.
glassy:  Like glass; hard, very shiny  surface.
                                      152

-------
 globose:  Globe or sphere shaped;  also  globular.

 gonophores:  In the coelenterates,  an asexual  bud  formed  during  the  hydroid
      stage which' produces gametes  or develops  into medusae.

 granulated:  A rough surface;  as covered  with  grainlike bumps.

 •growth lines'.  Lines on  a shell surface indicating periods of reduced growth
      rate, denoting a former  position of  the margin.

 gyrus (gyri):  A convoluted ridge  between grooves.

 habitat:  The specific place where  a plant or  animal lives.

 hand:  In  reference to the Crustacea, also chela;  propodus and dactyl of
      the cheliped.

 harpoon setae:   Pointed,  stout setae with  barbed tips.

 hemogomph  articulation:   Asymmetrical articulation occurring at a nearly
      right angle  to  the  long axis of the  basal shaft; refers to a type of
      compound setae  found in the Polychaeta.

 hepatic regions:   In  the  dedapod Crustacea, small, subtriangular, antero-
      lateral  region  between the branchial   and  gastric regions; margin of
      the carapace or  the  orbit in the Branchyura.

 hepatic spine:  Spine  on  the hepatic region.

 herbivore:  An animal  that relies primarily on the plant matter for its
      food.

 herbivorous:  Being an herbivore.

 hermaphrodite:  An individual  possessing both male and female reproductive
      organs.

 hermaphroditic:  The condition of being  a  hermaphrodite.

 heterogomph articulation:  Articulation  at an oblique angle to the long
     axis of  the basal shaft;  refers to  a  type of compound setae  found in
      the Polychaeta.

hinge:  Where the valves  of a  bivalve are  joined;  a flexible  joint.

holotype:  The original type;  a single specimen upon which a  species  descrip-
     tion is based.

homogomph articulation:  Articulation at a right  angle  to  the long axis of
     the basal shaft; refers  to a  type of  compound  setae found  in the
     Polychaeta.
                                    153

-------
hooded setae:  Setae distally covered with  a  membrane.
hook:  Bent or recurved so as to hold or grasp;  in  the  Polychaeta, refers
     to stout, blunt setae which may be distally curved and  dentate; see
     also uncini.
hyaline:  Thin, membraneous; transparent; clear.
hydroid:  Any coelenterate of the class Hydrozoa; the polyp  form  of coelen-
     terates; may be solitary or colonial and are usually attached.
hydrotheca:  In certain hydrozoans, a thin, vaselike exoskeleton  which
     surrounds the individual feeding polyps.
hypoplax:  An accessory piece of shell between the valves of some burrowing
     clams.
-fabricated:  Overlapping at the margins; shinglelike.
incised:  Sculptured with one or more sharply cut grooves.
incurved:  Curved in; crook!ike.
inequilateral:   In bivalves, one end of  the shell not the same size  or
     shape as the other.
inequivalve:  In bivalves, one  valve larger or more complex than the other.
infauna:  Animals that spend part of all of their lives burried beneath the
     sediment.
inferior:  Ventral-most;  the lowest.
inferomarginal:  Pertaining  to  the  lower margin  or  edge.
inflated:  Swollen,  distended,  or  rotund.
intercoastal:   Spaces  between  the  costa.
interpodial:  Connecting  or located between  two  successive  parapodia.
interradial:  Of or relating to an interradius.
interradius  (interradii):  One of  the five general  areas  on the  surface of
      an echinoderm  between the five areas  (radii)  which  bear  the tube  feet,,
interramal:   Located between the notopodial.  and neuropodial  lobes of the
      parapodium.
 ischiwn:  Also ischiopodite; third segment of the  pereiopod in most mala-
      costracan Crustacea.
                                      154

-------
     ,;  A prominent spiral  ridge usually marking  a  change  of slope  in  the
      outline of a gastropod shell.

 lamella (lamellae):  Any thin pi ate!ike structure;  fleshy lobes.

 lanceolate:   Elongated and lance or spear-shaped.

 lappet:  Small  flap or fleshy process.

 lateral:  Near  the side(s) of the body;  located  away from the midline.

 lateral peristomial wings:  Thin, lateral  elongations of  the peristomium of
      some polychaetes  which may overlap  a  portion of the  prostomium.

 lateral prostomial horns:   Prominent  lateral projections  of  the prostomium
      of certain polychaetes.

 lateral teeth:   Hinge  teeth lying to  either side of the cardinal teeth.

 ligament:  A band of tough,  brown elastic material which  joins the dorsal
      margins of a^bivalve;  usually  Visible externally.

 ligule:   Small  finger-shaped  lobe of  a polychaete parapodium.

 linibate:   Simple setae with a  blade-like flattened margin.

 Hmbus:   The blade-like  portion of  a  limbate setae.

 lips:   In  gastropods, the  margins of  the aperture.

 lobe:   A  fleshy projection, usually flattened.

 longitudinal:   Direction of the longest diameter; in snails, the same as
      axial.

 lophophore:   Horseshoe-shaped, three-part, coiled or variously shaped,
      feeding  apparatus bearing numerous ciliated tentacles; in Bryozoa,
      Brachiopoda, and Phoronida.

 lunule:  A heart-shaped area anterior to the beaks  of bivalves,  set off by
     a difference in sculpture.

maarofauna:   Refers to animals that are retained  on a  sieve with  a  mesh of
     0.5 millimeter, or sometimes 1.0 millimeter.

madreporite:   A sieve-like porous plate on the  surface  of  most echinoderms
      (internal  in the Holothuroidea);  regulates the flow of fluid between
     sea water and the water vascular system.

main fang-.  In1 polychaetes, refers to  the large ventral  tooth of a  crotchet.
                                     155

-------
mandible:  Third pair of appendages on the head of crustaceans  usually modi-
     fied for crushing or grinding; also the ventral  pharyngeall  jaw pieces
     of some polychaetes.

mantle:  Extension of the body wall that usually secretes  a shell.

manubriwn:  A large process protruding from the center of  a medusoid
     coelenterate; a swollen process of.certain hydrozoan  polyps which bears
     the proctostome; in some polychaetes, refers to  a swollen  portion of
     the setae.

maxillae:  One or two pairs of head appendages of a crustacean,  used for
     handling food; the dorsal pharyngeal jaw pieces  of some polychaetes.

median:  Middle, at the midline or in the plane of the midline.

medusa:  The free-swimming "jelly-fish" stage of many hydrozoan coelente-
     rates.

meiofauna:  Refers to animals whose greatest dimension is  between .062 and
     1.0 millimeter.

megasoleres:  The larger, supporting skeletal spicules of sponges.

merus:  Also meropodite; the fourth segment of the pereiopod of most
     malacostracan Crustacea.

mesentery:  A thin supporting membrane or partition in the body cavity of
     many animals.

mesogastria lobe:  Median 'division or subregion of the gastric region.

mesoglea:  A supportive  layer of  thick or thin jelly!ike material between
     the epidermis and gastrodermis of coelenterates  and ctenophores.

mesoplax:  An accessory  plate inside the shell of some bivalves.

metabranchial region:  That region of the porcellanid carapace which.is
     situated below  the  line anomurica and,  therefore, not completely
     united with  the main  portion of the carapace.

metagastric lobe:   Posterolateral  subregion  of the gastric region of a crab
     carapace.

metamerism:   Segmentation;  linear repetition  of  body  parts with each segment
      (metamere)  having a similar  internal and external morphology.,

metaplax:  An accessory  plate  behind  the  umbones of some  bivalves.

metastomium:   In annelids,  refers to main body region between the  prostom-
      ium and  the pygidium.
                                     156

-------
 microfauna:   Bacteria and  small  protozoa generally less than .062 millimeter.

 mLcroscleres:   Small spicules scattered about in the mesenchyme of sponges.

 moniliform:   Beaded or  beadlike.

 mottlings:  Marked with blotches, streaks or spots of various shades.

 muaro:  An abrupt, pointed tip,  process, or tooth!ike structure.

 mucus:  Any viscous, slimy or lubricating secretion of a mucous gland.

 multiarticulated:  With more than one joint or articulation.

 nacreous:  Nacre, mother of pearl; an innermost lustrous layer of the shell
     of molluscs.

 natatory:  Adapted for swimming.

 nematocysts:  The "stingers" of jellyfish; a specialized defensive or
     offensive  cell found in coelenterates consisting of a minute coiled
     thread contained in a capsule which, upon proper stimulation, is
     rapidly everted; the thread may be armed with barbs and often contain
     toxins.

 neotype:  A specimen selected as the type for a taxon after the original
     type has been destroyed or lost.

 nephrid-ial pockets:  In some polychaetes, the recesses along the margins  of
     the somites, between the notopodia and neuropodia,  into which the
     nephridiopores open.

 neuropod-ium:  The ventral  lobe or branch of a parapodium.

 neurosetae:  Setae of the neuropodium.

 nodule:  A small knob-like hump or projection.

 notopodium:  The dorsal  lobe or branch of a parapodium.

 notosetae:  Setae of the notopodium.

 nuchal:  Pertaining to  the neck; used to refer  to  sensory  organs  of poly-
     chaetes located dorsally on or near the prostomium.

nuclear whorl:  In a snail  shell, the first whorls  formed  during  the  egg
     or veliger stage;  the apex.

nucleus:  The center;  in certain molluscs,  the  initial whorl _or  protoconch.

obcordate:  Heart shaped with  the notch  apical.
                                    157

-------
obese:  Very fat; stout.
oblique:  Slanting; not perpendicular.
occipital:  The posterior dorsal  portion.
ocellus (ocelli):  Eye of many types  of invertebrates which detects light
     but does not form an image.
ocular:  Pertaining to the eyes or light-sensory structures.
ocular' peduncle:  Stalk-like structure  supporting the eyes.
operculum:  Cover or lid; in snails,  a  shelly or horny  plate  attached  to
     the foot and used to seal the aperture of the shell.
oval tentacles:  In some polychaetes, the  tentacles in  the region  of the
     mouth used with food gathering.
orbicular:  Round or circular; spherical.
orbit:  Cavity in the Arthropod carapace containing the eye.
orbital region:  A narrow area bordering the orbit.
osculum (oscula):  Main opening or pore on the surface  of a sponge out of
     which water passes.
ossicles:  Plates, spicules and rods  composing the structure  of the
     echinoderm skeleton.
ostium  (ostia):  In sponges, one of many small openings on the surface
     through which water currents flow inward.
outer lip:   In snails,  the margin of the aperture or body whorl„
ovate:  Egg  shaped.
ovigers:   In pycnogonids, a pair of appendages of males used to carry  the
     females' eggs.
palate:   In  crabs, the  roof of the buccal  cavity.
palea:  In some  polychaetes,  strong, broad, usually flattened setae.
pallial line:   In  a bivalve shell, a faint line near the periphery of each
     valve,  which  indicates the point of attachment of the mantle to  the
     valve.
pallial sinus:   An indentation in the pallia! line, often indicative  of the
      location of the  incurrent siphon.
                                     158

-------
 palm:  Proximal portion of propodus of a chela.

 palmate-.  Divided, like the fingers of a hand or the fronds  of a  palm.

 palp (palpi):  Fleshy cylindrical  or tapered projection  of a sensory or
      food-gathering nature on the  anterior end of polychaetes;  in arthro-
      pods, a segmented or unsegmented projection of a head appendage, sen-
      sory in nature.

 pap-ilia:  Any blunt, rounded or nipple-shaped projection.

 pavagnath:  The lobes of the lower lip (metastoma)  of some crustaceans; an
      accessory projection on the mandible  of some decapod  crustaceans;
    •  chitinous denticle on the proboscis of some polychaetes.

 parapodia:  In molluscs, a lobe-like extension  of the foot which  can be used
      for swimming  or to envelop the shell;  in polychaetes, a  flat, lateral
      protuberance  on each-side of  most segments;  usually has  two main parts,
      a  dorsal  lobe (notopodium) and a  ventral  lobe  (neuropodium); often
      reduced or specialized for feeding, locomotion,  and respiration.

 pavapodial ramus (vami):  One of the divisions  of the  parapodium  (dorsal
      or ventral) usually bearing setae,  acicula or  both.

 parapodial torus  (tori)::  Parapodial lamella  that is  low and ridgelike.

 paratype:  One of  a  number of specimens  from which  the holotype was
      selected.

 parietal shield:   A  thickened  projection or expansion of the parietal  wall.

 parietal wall:  The  area- on the  whorl of a snail near the columella and
      opposite  the  outer  lip, often  called the inner lip.

 paxillae:  Modified  spines  present  in some echinoderms; consisting of cal-
      careous rods  with minute spinules at the tip.

 peotinae:  Comb!ike  paragnaths present in some polychaetes.

 peotinate:. Comb!ike; the main stem having a row or rows  of branches.

 pediole:  Also pedicel; a small stalk or stalklike support; stalk  of a
      brachiopod.

 penicillate:  Ending with a tuft of hairs.

 pennoned:  Long and streamer-like;  teardrop or triangular shaped.

pentamerous:  Divided into or consisting of five parts.

penultimate whorl:   The next to the last whorl.
                                    159

-------
p&reiopods:  Paired appendages on most of the thoracic segment:;  of  the
     malocostracan Crustacea; usually modified for seizing and handling of
     food and locomotion.
periostracum:  The outermost layer of a mollusc shell, composed  of
     sclerotized protein.
peristomium:  The first whole segment of most annelids which  bears  the
     mouth; also includes any segments fused to this segment.
pharynx:  An anterior muscular portion of the digestive tract; often  ever-
     sible and sometimes equipped with jaws or mandibles.
pinnate:  Feather-like; having parts arranged on each side, as on a feather.
planorboid:  In snails, discoid, flat, with the whorls in one plane.
pleurobranchia:  In some crustaceans, gills attached to the lateral body
     wall dorsal to appendage articulation.
plicate:  With small ridges or folds.
plumose:  Feathery; hairy; having a tuft of terminal subdivisions.
podium  (podia):  Tube feet; in echinoderms, a short tubular external  pro-
     jection of the body wall located in the ambulacra! groove,  primarily
     used for locomotion and  food gathering.
podobranchia:  In some Crustacea, quills attached to the coxa of-an
     appendage.
polymorphism:  Two or more distinct morphological forms of a species.
polyp:  A single individual of a colonial or solitary coelenterate.
post nuclear:   In a snail; the whorls formed after  the nuclear whorls.
posterior:   Pertaining to the rear end; opposite or away from anterior.
posterior adductor:   In  a bivalve; a  transverse muscle in the posterior
     portion which closes the valves.
postorbital groove:   A groove on the  carapace of a  crab  behind  the orbit
     and usually parallel to  the margin.
postsetal:   Behind, posterior to the  setae.
presetal:   In  front of,  anterior to  the setae.
proboscis:   A  protusible anterior  part of  the alimentary tract  which is
      sometimes  armed  with special  structures, and  is  used  for feeding
      and/or as  a  sensory device.
                                     160

-------
                                        °f
                                                               of .ost
        tema:   Dorsal  eye^brush;  in  the  penaeid crustaceans, a long, thin,

       segment       a"sing  dorsally  from the border of the first antenna!



            Anterior  part of  the  body; the cephalothorax in certain arthro-
         um:  Anterior-most end of most annelids; above and anterior to the
      mouth, often with antennae and eyes; not a true segment.


 protoconch:  Embryonic shell of a gastropod.


 protogastric lobe:  Anterolateral lobes of the gastric region.


 protoplax:  An accessory plate of the hinge structure in some of the
      bivalve molluscs.
                                                                         °f
 protostome:  Mouth; the single opening  of the  gastrovascular cavity of the

      Coelenterate, Ctenophora  and  Turbellaria, which serves as both mouth
      and anus .


 prototype:   Also archetype;  primitive form regarded as being ancestral to
      other  forms.
          cle:   A  muscularized, glandular region of the anterior digestive
      tract  found  posterior  to the pharynx in some polychaetes.


 proximal :   Situated  toward  or near a central point of reference at attach-
pterygostomian region:  Triangular area on the ventral  surface of a  cara-
     pace.


pterygostomian spine:  Spine at anterolateral  border of a  carapace.


pubescent:  Covered with setae or fine soft hairs.


                                       aPPea™«; with  many minute  dots,
        s or'd'epres^ns?" °r
pustulate:  Also pustulose; marked with  small  pustules;  fine bumps or
     pimplelike projections.
                                    161

-------
pygidium:  Caudal body region of certain crustaceans;  the terminal  or  anal
     segment of annelids which is achaetous and not a  true segment.

pyriform:  Pear shaped.

radial:  Branching out from a common center; developing uniformly around  a
     central axis; in the bivalve molluscs, lines of color or sculpture
     fanning out from the beaks to the shell margins.

radiole:  One of the main tentacles of the tentacular crown of some poly-
     chaetes.

radius  (radii):  One of the five general areas on the surface of an echino-
     derm which bears tube feet.

radula:  A rasplike organ in the anterior part of the digestive tract  of
     all molluscs, except the Pelecypods, and used to macerate food; in  some
     groups, it can be protruded from the mouth for scraping or drilling.

ramose:  Branched.

reams:  A branch or one segment of two branches, as in the appendage of  a
     crustacean.

ray  (rays):  Any of the radiating parts of an echinoderm with the associated
     parts; the arm of a sea star; in bivalves, a band of shell coloration
     usually radiating from the beaks.

reniform:  Bean shaped or resembling a kidney in outline.

resiliion:  Also resilifer;. in a bivalve mollusc; a tough chitinous pad,
     residing in a chondrophore,  .or pit, along the inner hinge margin of a
     bivalve which causes the shell to open when the adductor muscles  relax.

reticulated:  Having the structure or appearance of a network; as crossing
     fibers, lines or ridges*

rhinophores:  One of two tentacle-like projections on the dorsal surface of
     the head of certain opisthobranchs, especially nudibranchs.

rib:  In molluscs; a long narrow elevation.

rostrum:  A median, usually  pointed process at  the anterior end of the
     cephalothorax of many decapods; a snoutlike .extension of  the  head.

rugose: Rough or wrinkled;  lumpy.

sagittate:  A subdistally widened  setae.

scaphe: Flattened caudal appendage of  the  pectinariid  polychaetes.

scaphocerite:  Antenna!  scale.


                                     162

-------
 sculpture'.  A pattern of raised or depressed  markings.
 scutum (scuta)-.  Large,  calcareous basal  plates  in  the  barnacle  skeleton;
      the scuta, in combination  with the  terga, close  off  the  feeding
      aperture.
 secondary tooth-.  The second, usually  smaller of two  teeth; the  first being
      the apical  or primary tooth.
 segment:  Also somite;  in  the arthropods,  the fundamental linearly arranged
      body subdivisions also  known  as somite and  metamer;  subdivision of an
      arthropod appendage.
 septum:   A wall, membrane, or partition  separating  two cavities or tissue
      masses;  in  molluscs,  a  calcareous plate.
 sessile:   Nonmotile;  attached to a  substrate.
 seta (setae):   Hairlike  or needle-like chitinous  projections in the arthro-
      pods  and  annelids;  size and complexity vary  greatly.
 setigev:   A segment (somite) carrying setae.
 sheath:  An envelope  or  covering;  in the polychaetes, refers to a thin
      covering  over the setae often  causing the setae to appear limbate.
 shoulder".   In  gastropods, the top or largest part of the whorl.
 siliceous:  Containing or composed of silica.
 simple setae:  Setae  without a joint.
 sinistral:  Turning or growing in a counter-clockwise manner;  "left-handed".
 sinus:  A  space  or cavity in living tissues.
 siphons:   In bivalve molluscs, tubular structures through  which water  enters
     and leaves  the mantle cavity.
 socket:  A  concavity for an articulation  or joint..
 spatulate:  Spoon shaped; blade  shaped, usually  blunt-tipped.
 sphincter:  A circularly-arranged muscle  used  to  close off any opening.
 spicules:  Minute calcium carbonate or  silicon dioxide bodies  which form
     the supporting skeleton of  many sponges*
 spine:  A pointed process or outgrowth, stiff, sharp and pointed;  in
     polychaetes, stout,  spike! ike setae.
spinigev:  A seta that tapers to a  fine point.
                                     163

-------
spinose:  With spines.
spinous pocket:  A pocket!ike serration along the  margin  of  the setae of some
     polychaetes.
spinule:  A small spine.
spiral:  Circling around a central  axis in a curve of conical  or  cylindrical
     form.
spire:  In gastropods; the upper whorls, from the  apex to but  not including
     the body whorl.
spongin:  The fibrous network forming part or all  of the  skeleton of many
     sponges.
stellate:  Star-shaped.
stigma  (stigmata):  One of many small slits in the pharyngeal  wall  of  tunl-
     cates; a simple  eyespot composed of a clump of pigment  granules and
     light-sensitive  protoplasm.
stria  (striae):  A fine line.
stylet:  Needle  or spearshaped, piercing, structure associated  with the mouth--
     parts of proboscis of certain invertebrates.
stylocerite:  A  spine or rounded lobe on the lateral portion of the basal
     segment of  antennules.
stylode:  A small, fingerlike projection associated with a parapodium  of a
     polychaete.
sub:   A prefix indicating "almost" or  "somewhat", as in subtriangular,
     meaning almost or  somewhat triangular.
sub-biramous:  In  some  polychaetes,  the condition in which the notopodium
      is reduced  to a  short lobe with aciculum, above the neuropodium.
subdermal:  Lying  just  beneath  the epidermis, usually externally visible.
subequal:  Almost  but not quite equal.
subhepatio region:  Area  below  the hepatic region;  ventral portion of the
      carapace near the  anterolateral border.
suborbital spine:   Spine  on  the ventral rim  of  the  orbit.
subulate:  Awl-shaped;  elongate, slender  and tapering to a fine  point.
sulous:  A  furrow or  groove; slit  or fissure.
                                      164

-------
superior:  The highest or more dorsal of two or more structures.

supero marginal:  The upper surface of the edge or margin.

supraorbital spine:  Spine posterior and dorsal to the orbit.

suture:  Irregular line of juncture; in gastropods, a line or  groove where:
     one whorl touches the other.

symbiosis:  A close association between different species in a mutually
     advantageous situation.

symmetry:  Correspondence in size, shape and relative position of parts.

synonym:  The same meaning; a different name for the same species.

syntype:  Specimens of equal rank upon which a species description  is
     based.                           \      '

taxodont teeth:  Numerous similar teeth along the hinge area of a bivalve.

teeth:  In a bivalve, the shelly protuberances on the inside dorsal  margin
     of a valve which fit into corresponding notches of the opposite valve.

teleooonoh:  The entire gastropod shell excluding the protoconch.

telson:  The last body segment of many crustaceans.

tentacle:.  A long, cylindrical  or threadlike protuberance, usually  arising
     from an anterior body part; sensory structure.

tentacular cirrus (cirri):  Long, slender sensory process arising from  the
     peristomiurn or cephalized segments.

tergite:  Dorsal  plate of an arthropod segment.

tergum (terga):  A distal  calcareous plate in the barnacle skeleton;  the
     terga, in combination with the scuta, close off the oral  aperture.

test:  A protective shell; rigid calcareous skeleton composed  of  numerous
     plates in the echinoderm class Echinoidea.

thelycum:  In some crustaceans, external  seminal  receptable on the  sternum
     of the thorax.

thorax:  Anterior region of the body, posterior to  the head; region  between
     the head and abdomen.

threads:  In bivalves,  the silky fibers of the byssus;  or fine surface
     elevations on the  shell.

tibia:  One of the leg  segments of arthropods.


                                    165

-------
topotype:  A specimen collected at the same locality the  original  type was
     taken from.
torsion:  A twisting around; in gastropods, a  developmental  phenomenon which
     brings the mantle cavity to the front of  the body.
trepan:  Chitinized, anterior-tooth portion of the eversible pharynx of  some
     polychaetes.
tridentate:  With three teeth.
trigonal:  Triangular in shape.
truncate:  Being cut off squarely at the end.
trunk:  The main stem or body.
tube feet:  Podia; small fluid-filled muscular tubes in  echinoderms which
     project outside the body and are used for grasping,  locomotion and
     respiration.
tubercules:  Small, raised projections.
turbinate:  Conical with a round base; turbin  shaped.
turriculate:  Turret or tower shaped; in gastropods; having a long spire
     with somewhat shouldered whorls.
type:  A  specimen that serves as a basis for the original description  and
     name.
umbilicus:  In  gastropods; the small hole or depression in the base of the
     body whorl.
imibo (ttmbones):  The prominences on either side of the hinge region in a
     bivalve mollusc; the region of earliest or juvenile growth of a  bivalve.
unciniger:  Segment with uncini.
uncinus  (uncini):  Small hooked or hooklike structure; small, hooked,  deeply
     imbedded setae of  some  polychaetes.
unidentate:  Terminating in  a  simple  point.
uniramous:  Having a single  division; with setae on only one parapodial  ramus.
univalve:  One  valve, as opposed  to bivalve; a gastropod.
urogastrie  lobe:  Also  known as the genital region; posteromedial lobe of
     the gastric  region.
                                     166

-------
  valve:   In molluscs; one of the shell halves of a clam.
  varix (varices):  A raised rib on a gastropod shell.
  veliger:  The free-swimming larva of most marine gastropods, Scaphopoda and
       Pelecypoda.
  ventral:  Pertaining to the lower surface or opposite of dorsal.
  visceral mass:  In the molluscs; the portion of the body containing the
       internal organs; excluding the foot and mantle.
  vitreous:  Glassy
  viviparous:  Bearing live young.
,  water vascular system:  System of fluid-filled closed tubes and ducts  found
       in echinoderms; the system is filled with seawater containing some
       protein; functions as a respiratory transit system and as  a hydrostatic
      skeleton for the tube feet.
  whorl:  One complete turn of a snail  shell.
                                      167

-------
                             REFERENCES CITED


Barnes, R. D.  1974.  Invertebrate Zoology.  3rd Ed.   W.  B.  Saunders
    Company, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.   870 pp.

Brinkhurst, R. 0. and B. 6. M. Jamieson.   1971.  Aquatic  Oligochaetes  of
    the World.  Univ. Toronto Press.  Toronto, Ontario,  Can.  860 pp.

Corps of Engineers.  1974.  Draft Environmental Impact Statement - Tampa
    Harbor Project.  U.S. Army Eng. Dist., Jacksonville, Florida.  ZZO pp,

Downey, M. E.  1973.  Starfishes from the Caribbean and the Gulf of
    Mexico.  Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology.  No. 126.  158 pp.

Fauchald  K.  1977.  The Polychaete Worms.  Definitions and Keys to the
    Orders,  Families and Genera.  Natural History Museum of Los Angeles
    County.  Science Series 28, 1-190.

Goodell,  H.  G.,  and D.  S. Gorsline.  1960.  A  sedimentological study of
    Tampa Bay, Florida.   International Geological Congress XXI Session,
    Norden.  Part XXIII:  75-88.

Gosner  K.  L.  1971.  Guide to Identification  of Marine and Estuarine
    Invertebrates.  Cape  Hatteras to Bay  of Fundy.  Wiley Interscience,
    New York.  693  pp.

Hansen, H.  J.  1905.  Revision of the European Marine Forms of the
    Cirolaninae, a  Subfamily  of Crustacea Isopoda.  Journ.  Linn.  Soc.
    London.   337-372.

Hickman,  C.  P.   1967.   Biology of the Invertebrates.  St. Louis,  C. V.
    Mosby Co.  673  pp.

Hutton, R.  F.  B. Eldred,  K.  D. Woodburn  and  R. M.  Ingle.   1956.   The
    Ecology of Boca Ciega Bay with  Special Reference  to Dredging  and
    Filling Operations.  Florida  State Bd. Conserv. Mar. Lab. Tech. Ser.
    87 pp.

 Mahadevan,  S.  and J.  K. Culter.   1977.   A Biological  Study of the Big.
     Bend  Breakwater Structure.  Appendix to  Final  Report on the Big bend
    Thermal and  Ecological Surveys.  Conservation Consultants,,  Inc.,  P.
     0. Box 35, Palmetto,  Florida.   28 pp.
                                    168

-------
Mclaughlin, P. A.   1976.  A New Species of Lightiella (Crustacea:
     Cephalocardia)  from the West Coast of Florida.  Bulletin of Marine
     Science, Vol. 26, No. 4, 593-599.

Menzies, R. J.  1962.  The Zoogeography, Ecology and Systematics of the
     Cgilean Marine  Isopods.  Lunds Univ. Arrsskr., N. F. Avd. 2, 57, No.
     11, pp. 1-162.

Menzies, R. J. and  P. W. Glynn.  1968.  The Common and Marine Isopod
     Crustacea of Puerto Rico.  Studies on the Fauna of Curacao and other
     Caribbean Islands, Vol. 27; 133 pp.

Moore, R. E., ed.   (1956).  Treatise on Invertebrate Paleontology.
     Geological Society of America and University of Kansas,  pp.

Pettibone, M.  1963.  Marine Polychaete Worms of the New England Region.
     1.  Families Aphroditidae through Trochochaetidae.   U.S. National
    Museum Bulletin 227.

Sanders, H. L.  1955.  The Cephalocarida,  a New Subclass of Crustacea
    from Long Island Sound.  Proc.  Natn.  Acad.  Sci. U.S.  41(l):61-66.

Simon, J. L.  1974.   Tampa Bay Estuarine  System - A Synopsis.   Florida
    Scientist.  37(4):217-244.

Williams, A. B.   1965.  Marine Decapod Crustaceans  of the Carolinas.
    Fishery Bulletin.  65(1):298 pp.
                                   169

-------
                           SELECTED BIBILOGRAPHY

    The following references consist of those works believed to be of value

for use in the identification of invertebrates from the coastal waters of

the southeastern United States and the Gulf of Mexico.  The listings are

arranged by major invertebrate taxa to facilitate location of references of

interest to the reader.  Items listed under "General" may be of use for many

different phyla and should be consulted in addition to the titles under the

specific headings.


                                  GENERAL

Barnes, Robert D.   1974.   Invertebrate Zoology, 3rd Ed.  W. B. Saunders
    Company,  Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.  870 pp.

D'Agostino, A. and  W.  Colgate.   1973.  Infaunal Invertebrates  in the
    Nearshore Waters of Long  Island Sound, N.Y.  Ocean Science
    Laboratory, Montauk, New  York.  29 pp.

Dowds,  Richard E.   1979.   References for the  Identification of Marine
    Invertebrates on the Southern  Atlantic Coast of  the  United States.
    NOAA Technical  Report  NMFS  SSRF-729.  37  pp.

Gosner, K.  L.  1971.   Guide  to  Identification of Marine  and Estuarine
    Invertebrates.  Cape Hatteras  to the Bay of Fundy.   Wiler
    Interscience.   693 pp.

Grasse, P.  P.,  ed.   1948.   Traite  de Zoologie.  Masson et  Cie,  Paria.
    Vols.  I-XVII.

Hart, C.  W.,  Jr.  and  Samuel  L.  H.  Fuller,  eds.   1979.  Pollution Ecology
     of Estuarine Invertebrates.  Academic  Press,  N.  Y.  406 pp.

 Hyman, Libbie Henrietta.   1967.  The  Invertebrates.   McGraw-Hill Book
     Company,  New York.  Vols. I-VI.

 Jaeger, Edmund C.   1955.   A Source-Book of Biological Names and Terms.
     Charles C. Thomas, Publisher,  Springfield, Illinois.

 Lie,  Ulf.  1968.  Taxonomic listing of Nonpolychaetes in a Quantitative
     Study of Benthic Infauna in Puget Sound, Washington, USA,  in
     1963-64.  Fiskeridirektorates Skrifter Serie Havundersokelser v. 14
     No. 5.   556 pp.
                                    170

-------
Lyons, W. G., S. P. Cobb, D. K. Camp, J. A. Mountain, T. Savage, L. Lyons,
        and E. A. Joyce, Jr.  1971.  Preliminary inventory of marine inverte-
        brates collected near the electrical generating plant, Crystal  River,
        Florida, in 1969.  Fla. Dept. of Nat. Res. Marine Res. Lab.,
        St. Petersburg, Florida Professional Paper Series No. 14:  45 pp.

Menzel, R. W., ed.  1971.  Checklist of the marine fauna and flora of the
        Apalachee Bay and the St. George's Sound Area, Third Ed.  The
        Department of Oceanography, Florida State University.  126 pp.

Miner, R. W.  1950.  Field Book of Seashore Life.  G. P. Putnam's Sons, New
        York, 888 pp.

Moore, R. C., ed.  1956.  Treatise on Invertebrate Paleontology.  Geological
        Society of America and University of Kansas.

Pennak, R. W.  1964.  Collegiate Dictionary of Zoology.  The Ronald Press
        Company, New York, 583 pp.

Pequegnat, W. E. and F. A. Chace, Jr., eds.  1970.  Contributions on the
        biology of the Gulf of Mexico, Volume 1.  Texas A & M University
        Oceanographic Studies.  Gulf Publishing Co., Houston, Texas.  270  pp.

Russell, H. D.  1963.  Notes on methods for the narcotization, killing,
        fixation, and preservation of marine organisms.  Systematics-
        Ecology Program, Marine Biological  Laboratory, Woods Hole,
        Massachusetts.  70 pp.

Smith, R. I. (ed.)  1964.  Keys to marine invertebrates of the Woods Hole
        region.  Woods Hole Marine Biological  Lab.  Woods Hole, Massachusetts.
        208 pp.


                                  ANNELIDA

Akesson, B.  1963.  The comparative morphology and embryology of the head
        in scale worms (Aphroditidae, Polychaeta).  Arkiv.  For. Zoologi.
        Band 16 nr. 7.  pp.  125-163.

Andrews, E. A.  1891.  Report upon the Annelida Polychaeta  of Beaufort,
        North Carolina.  Proc. U.S. Nat!. Mus. 14(852): 277-302.

Baker, H. R. and C. Erseus.   1979.  Peosidrilus biprostatus N. G., N. SP.,
        A marine Tubificid (Oligochaeta)  from the eastern United  States.
        Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 92(3), 1979, pp. 505-509.

Banse, K., K. D. Hobson and  F. H. Nichols.   1968.  Annotated list of Poly-
        chaetes in Fiskeridirektoratets Skrifter Serie Havundersokelser,
        Vo.l. 14, No. 5, 556  pp.  A quantitative study of benthic  infauna
        in Puget Sound, Washington, USA.   1963-64.
                                    171

-------
Berkeley, E. and C. Berkeley.  1948.   9.   9b(l).   Polychaeta  Erratia.
        Canadian Pacific fauna.  Fisheries Research Board  of  Canada.   100  pp.

Blake, J. A.  1971.  Revision of the  genus Polydora from the  east  coast of
        North America (Polychaeta:  Spionidae).Smithsonian  Contrib.  to
        Zoo. No. 75.

Blake, J. A.  1979.  Four new species of Carazziella (Polychaeta:  Spionidae)
        from North and South America, with a redescription of two  previously
        described forms.  Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash.  92(3),  1979, pp.  466-481.

Blake, J. A.  1979.  Revisions of some Polydorids (Polychaeta: Spionidae)
        described and recorded from British Columbia by  Edith and  Cyril
        Berkeley.  Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 92(3), pp.  606-617.

Brinkhurst, R. 0.  1964.  Studies on  the North American  aquatic Oligochaeta
        I:  Naididae and Opistocystidae.  Proc.  Acad.  Nat. Sci,, Phila.
        116: 195-230.

Brinkhurst, R. 0.  1965.  Studies on  the North American  aquatic Oligochaeta
        II:  Tubificidae.  Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci.  Phila.  117: 117-172.

Brinkhurst, R. 0.  1966.  A contribution to the systematic^ of the marine
        Tubificidae (Annelida, Oligochaeta).  The Biological  Bulletin,. Pub!.
        by the Marine Biological Laboratory.

Brinkhurst, R. 0. and 6. M. Jamieson.  1971.  Aquatic  Oligochaeta  of the
        World.  University of Toronto Press.  860 pp.

Brown, B.  1976.  A new species of Aricidea (Polychaeta: Paraonidae) from
        Florida.  Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 89(37):  433-438.

Cook, D. G. and R. 0. Brinkhurst.  1973.  Marine flora and fauna of the
        northeastern United States, Annelida:  Oligochaeta.  U.S.  Department
        of Commerce, NOAA Technical Reports NMFS Circ-374.  24 pp.

Day, J. H.  1973.  New polychaeta from Beaufort with a key to all  species
        recorded from North Carolina.  NOAA Technical  Report  NMFS  Circ-375.
        140 pp.

Ebbs, N. K., Jr.  1966.  The coral-inhabiting polychaetes  of  the northern
        Florida reef tract.  Part 1.   Aphroditidae, Polynoidae, Amphinomidae,
        Eunicidae, and Lysaretidae.  Bulletin of Marine  Science, 16(3): 485-
        555.

Fauchald, K.  1968.  Onuphidae (Polychaeta) from western Mexico.  Allan
        Hancock Monographs in Marine Biology.  No. 3.  81  pp.

Fauchald, K.  1969.  A revision of six species of the  Flavus-Bidentatus group
        of Eunice (Eunicidae: Polychaeta).  Smithsonian  Contributions  to
        Zoology, No. 6.  pp. 1-15.
                                    172

-------
 Fauchald,  K.   1974.   Sphaerodoridae  (Polychaeta: Errantia) from worldwide
         areas.   J. Nat. Hist., 8: 257-289.

 Fauchald,  K.   1977.   The polychaete worms.  Definitions and keys to the
         orders,  families and genera.  Natural History Museum of Los Angeles
         County,  Science Series 28.  188 pp.

 Foster,  N. M.  1969.  Spionidae (Polychaeta) of the Gulf of Mexico and the
         Caribbean Sea.  George Washington University.  181 pp.

 Foster,  N. M.  1971.  Spionidae (Polychaeta) of the Gulf of Mexico and the
         Caribbean Sea*,  Studies of the fauna of Curacao and other Caribbean
         Islands:  No. 129, 183 pp.

 Gardiner, S. L.  1975.  Errant Polychaete Annelids from North Carolina.  J.
         of the Elisha Mitchell Scientific Society.  v.91(3): 77-220.

 Hartman, 0.  1936.  Nomenclatorial changes involving California polychaete
         worms.   Journ. of the Wash. Acad. of Sciences, Vol. 26, No. 1.
         pp. 31-32.

 Hartman, 0.  1942.  The identity of some marine annelid worms in the United
         States National  Museum.  Proc. U.S. Nat. Museum, Vol. 92,  No.  3142.
         pp. 101-139.

 Hartman, 0.  1945.  The marine annelids  of North Carolina.  Duke University
         Press,   pp. 3-51.

 Hartman, 0.  1951.  The littoral  marina  annelids of the Gulf of Mexico.
        Allan Hancock Foundation,  No. 75.   University of Southern  California.
        124 pp.

 Hartman, 0.  1959.  Capitellidae and Nereidae (marine annelids) from the  Gulf
        side of  Florida  with a review of freshwater Nereidae.   Bull. Mar.
        Sci. Gulf Carib. 9(2): 153-167.

 Hartman, 0.  1968.  Atlas  of the Errantiate Polychaetous Annelids  from
        California.   828 pp.

 Hartman, 0.  1969.  Atlas  of the Sedentariate Polychaetous'Annelids  from
        California.   Allan Hancock Foundation  (USC),  Los  Angeles,  California.
        812 pp.

Hermans, C. 0.   1969.  The systematic  position of the  Archiannelida.
        Systemic  Zoology,  18(1): 85-102.
Jones, M. L.   1961.   Two  new polychaetes of  the  families Pilargidae and
        Capitellidae from the Gulf of Mexico.  Novitates, Pub..by Ameri
        Museum of Natural  History.   No. 2049,  pp. 1-18.
American
Light, W.  J.   1978.   Spionidae,  Polychaeta Annelida.  California Academy
        of Sciences,  the  Boxwood Press.  211 pp.
                                    173

-------
Organization for Econ. Cooperation & Development.   1967.   Catalogue of main
        marine fouling organisms.   Vol.  3 Serpulide.   80  pp.

Perkins, T. H. and T. Savage.  1975.  A  bibliography  and  checklist of
        Polychaetous Annelids of Florida, the Gulf of Mexico,  and the
        Caribbean region.  Florida Marine Research Publications, No. 14.
        62 pp.

Perkins, T. H.  1979.  Lumbrineridae, Arabellidae, and Dorvilleidae   _
        (Polychaeta), principally from Florida, with  description of  six  new
        species.  Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 92(3), 1979, pp. 415-465.

Pettibone, M. H.  1963.  Marine polychaeta worms of the New England  region.
        1.  Families Aphroditidae through Trochochaetidae.  U.S. National
        Museum Bull. 227.

Pettibone, M. H.  1965.  The new species of Aricidea  (Polychaeta,  Paronidae)
        from Virginia and Florida, and redescription  of Aricidea.  Fragilis
        Webster.  Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 78: 127-140.

Renaud, J.  1956.   Report on some Polychaetous Annelids from the  Miami-Bimini
        area.  American Museum Novitiates 1812: 1-40.

Santos, S.  L.  1977.  A new species of Travisia (Polychaeta, Opheliidae) from
        Tampa Bay,  Florida.  Proc.  Biol. Soc. Wash. 89(49): 559-564.

Taylor  J   L.  1971.   Polychaetous  annelids and benthic environment in Tampa
        Bay,  Florida.  1331  pp.   Ph.D.  Dissertation, University of Florida.

Webster,  H.  E.,  and J. E. Benedict.   1885.   The Annelida  Chaetopoda, from
        Eastport, Maine.  United  States  Commission of  Fish and l-isheries.
        Part XII.   Report of the  Commissioner  for 1885.   pp. 707-758.

Wesenberg-Lund,  E.   1963.   Lesser Antillean  Polychaetes  chiefly from
        brackish water,  with a  survey and  bibliography of fresh and brackish
        water Polychaetes.   Studies on  the  Fauna  of  Curacao and other
        Caribbean Islands:   No.  30.  1-41.

Word, J.  Q. and D.  K. Charwat,  eds.  1975.   Polychaeta Identification Key.
         Excerpted from:   Invertebrates  of Southern California  Coastal Waters.
         I.  Select groups of Annelids,  Arthropods, Echinoderms, and molluscs.
         Southern California Coastal Water Research Project.   33 pp.

 Zibrowius, H. W.  1969.   Review of some little known genera of Serpulidae
         (Annelida: Polychaeta).  Smithsonian Institution Press, No. 42.
         pp. 1-22.
                                      174

-------
                                   CNIDARIA

 Calgreen, 0. and J. W. Hedgepeth.  Actinaria, Zoantharia and Ceriantharla
         from shallow water in the northwestern Gulf of Mexico.   Contributions
         or bcripps Institution of Oceanography.  New Series  No.  587.   172  pp.

 Joyce, E. A., Jr.  1961.   Key to the Hydroids of the Seahorse Key area
         From:  The Hydroida of the Seahorse Key area.   M.A.  Thesis, University
         of Florida.                                                         J


                                   CRUSTACEA

 Rouse, W. L.  1969.  Littoral  Crustacea  from  Southwest  Florida.   Quarterly
         Journal  of the Florida  Academy of  Sciences.  Vol. 32  (No.  2)
         pp.  127-152.


                                   AMPHIPODA

 Barnard,  J.L.   1954.   Marine Amphipoda of  Oregon.   College Press, Oregon
         btate College.  103  pp.

 Barnard,  JL.   1965.   Marine Amphipoda of Atolls in Micronesia.  Proc. U S
         National  Museum, 117: 459-551.

 Barnard,  JL.   1969.   Gammaridean Amphipoda of the Rocky Intertidal  of
         California:  Monterey Bay to La Jolla.  Smithsonian Institution
         U.S.  National Museum Bulletin 258: 230 pp.

 Barnard,  JL.   1969.  The families and genera of Marine Gammaridean
        Amphipoda.  Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus.  271: 535 pp.

 Barnard,  J  L.   1970.  Sublittoral Gammaridea (Amphipoda) of the Hawaiian
         Islands.  Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology No. 34: 286 pp.

 Barnard, J. L.  1973.  Revision of Cordphiidae and related families
        (Amphipoda).  Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology No. 151, 27  pp.

Bousefield, E. L.  1973.  Shallow water Gammaridean  Amphipods  of New England
        Comstock Publishing Associates.   312 pp.

Fox, R. S. and K. H. Bynum.  1975.  The Amphipod Crustaceans  of  North
        Carolina Estuarine Waters.  Chesapeake Science,  16(4): 223-237.

Frame,  A. B.   1980.  Two new species of sand  burrowing Amphipod Crustaceans
        from  Long Island Sound and the  New  York Bight (Amphipoda-
        Haustoriidae).   Estuaries, Vol. 3,  No.  2,  pp. 75-83
                                    175

-------
Karaman, G. S.   1979.   Stenocorophium bowmani,  a  new  genus and species of the
        family  Corophiidae from the Palau  Islands (Crustacea: Amphipoda).
        Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash., 92(3), pp.  580-588.

McKinney, L. D., R. D. Kalke and J. S. Holland.  1978.   New  species of   ^
        Amphipods from the western Gulf of Mexico.   Contributions  in Marine
        Science, Vol.  21, pp. 133-159.

McKinney, L. D.  1979.  Liljeborgiid Amphipods  from  the  Gulf of Mexico and
        Caribbean Sea.  Bulletin of Marine Science,  29(2): 140-154.

Nelson, W. G.  1979.  Additions to the Amphipod Crustaceans  of  North Carolina.
        Estuaries Vol. 2, No. 1, p. 66.

Pearse, A. S.  1908.  Descriptions of four new species  of Amphipodus
        Crustacea from the Gulf of Mexico.  Proc. U.S.  Nat.  Mus.,  Vol.  34,
        No.  1594, pp. 27-32.

Robertson,  P.  E. and  C. R. Shelton.  1978.  Two new species  of Haustoriid
        Amphipods  (Crustacea: Amphipoda) from the northwestern Gulf of
        Mexico.  Contributions in Marine Science, Vol.  21, pp.  47-62.

Shoemaker,  C.  R.   1926.  Amphipods of the family Bateidae in the collection
        of the United States National Museum.  Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Vol. b«,
        No.  2626,  pp. 1-26.

Shoemaker,  C.  R.   1933.  Amphipods from Florida  and  the West Indies.
        American Museum Novitates, 598: 1-24.

Shoemaker, C.  R.   1934.  The Amphipod  genus Corophium on the East Coast of
         America.   Proc.  Biol.  Soc. Washington, 47: 23-32.

Shoemaker, C.  R.   1947.   Further  notes on  the  amphipod  genus Corophi urn from
         the East Coast  of America.   J. Washington Academy of Sciences,
         37(2): 47-63.

Stebbing.  1888.  Report on the Amphipoda  genus  Platyischnopus,.   From:
         Voyage of HMS Challenger, pp. 830-834.

 Stephensen, K.  Amphipods from Curacao,  Bonaire, Aruba  and  Margarita.   From:
         Studies on the Fauna of Curacao,  Aruba,  Bonaire and the Venezuelan
         Islands, No.  11: 1-20.

 Thoemke, C.  1976.  Synopsis and  key of the Amphipod species from Bid Bend.
         In-  Tampa Electric Company 26th Quarterly  Report on  the  Big Bend
         Thermal and  Ecological Surveys.   Contains 23rd  Quarterly  Report by
         Conservation Consultants, Inc.  Benthic  Studies Section.   R.  D.
         Garrity (ed.).  pp. 246-253.

 Thomas, J.  D.  and R.  W. Heard.  1979.  A new species of Cerapus, Say, 1817
         (Crustacea: Amphipoda) from the Northern Gulf of Mexico,  with note*
         on  its ecology.  Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash.  92(1):  98-105.
                                      176

-------
 Wat! Ing, L.  1976.  Parametopella inguilinus. new species from Delaware Bay
         oyster beds lArnphipoda: Stenothoidae).  Proc. Blol . Soc. Wash.
               , pp. 429-432.
                                 CEPHALOCARIDA

 Mclaughlin, P. A.  1976.  A new species of Lightiella (Crustacea-
         Cephalocarida) from the West coast of Florida.  Bulletin 'of Marine
         Science, Vol. 26, No. 4, October 1976.  pp. 593-599.


                                  CIRRIPEDIA

 Darwin, D. J851-1854.  A Monograph on the Subclass Cirripedia.   2 vols   Rav
         Society, London.                                               *   J

 Newman, W. A., V. A.  Zullo and T.  H.  Withers.   1969.   Cirripedia    In-
         Treatise on Invertebrate Paleontology.   R.  C.  Moore  (ed.)  PaTt R,
         Arthropoda 4.  Geol .  Soc.  Amer.  and University of  Kansas.

 Pilsbry,  H.  A.  1907.  The barnacles  contained  in the  collection of the U  S
         National  Museum.   Bull.  U.S.  Nat.  Mus.  60:  1-122.

 Pilsbry,  HA.  1916.  The sessile barnacles (Cirripedia)  contained  in the
         collections of the U.S.  National Museum.  Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus.
         y3 :  1-366.


                                   COPEPODA

 Coull,  B   C.   1977    Marine flora  and fauna of the northeastern United States.
        Copepoda: Harpacticoida.   NOAA Technical Report NMFS Circular 399
        48 pp.

 Ho, J.  S.  1977.  Marine flora and fauna of the northeastern United States
        Copepoda: Lernaeopodidae and Sphyriidae.  NOAA Technical  Report NMFS
        uircular 406, 14 pp.

 Ho, J. S.  1978.  Marine flora and fauna of the northeastern United States

                                   ''
Stock, J. H., A. G. Humes and R.  U.  Gooding.   Copepods  Associated  with West
        Indian Invertebrates  - III,  the genus  Anthessius  (Cyclopoida,
        Myicolidae).  ^Studies on  the fauna  of  Curacao and other  Caribbean
        islands, No.  73,  37 pp.
                                    177

-------
                                   CUMACEA

Bacescu, M. and Z. Muradian.  1977.  Species  of the genus  CumelJIa  (Cumacea,
        Nannastacidae) from the Western Tropical  Atlantic.   Travaux  du
        Museum d'Histoire Nature!le Gr. Antipa.,  Vol.  XVIII, pp. 89-101.

Caiman, W. T.  1905.  The Cumacea of the Siboga Expedition.   E.  J. Brill,
        Publishers and Printers, Leyden.  78  pp.  11 plates.

Caiman, W. T.  1912.  The Curstacea of the order of the Cumacea  in the
        collection of the United States National  Museum.  Proc.  U.S. Nat.
        Mus. 41: 603-676.

Omholt, P. E. and R. W. Heard.  1979.  A new species of.Spilocuma. (Cumacea:
        Bodotriidae: Mancocuminae) from the Gulf of Mexico.   Proc. Biol.
        Soc. Wash. 92(1), 1979, pp. 184-194.

Sars,  G.  0.  1886.  The voyage of  the  H.M.S.  Challenger:  Report on  the
        Cumacea collected by H.M.S. Challenger during the years 1873-76.
        Zool.  Chall.  Exp. Part  IV. - 1886.

                                   DECAPODA

Chace   F   A.,  Jr.   1972.  The  Shrimps  of  the Smithsonian-Brediri Caribbean
        Expeditions with a  Summary of  the West Indian Shallow-water Species
         (Crustacea: Decapoda:  Natantia).  Smithsonian Contributions to
        Zoology No. 98:  179.

Chace, F. A.,  Jr.   1976.   Shrimps  of  the  Pasiphaeid genus Leptochela with
         descriptions  of three  new  species  (Crustacea:  Decapoda:: CarideaJ.
         Smithsonian Contributions  to  Zoology No.  222:  51.   Smithsonian
         Institution Press  City of  Washington.

 Crane, J.  1975.   Fiddler  Crabs of the World;  Ocypodidae: Genus Uca_.
         Princeton University Press,  Princeton, New Jersey.   73b pp.

 Cressev,  R. F. .1978.  Marine flora and fauna  of the  northeastern United
 U       States.  Crustacea: Branch!ura.  NOAA  Technical Report  NMFS Circular
         413.  10 pp.

 Farfante, I. P. "and H. R.  Bullis,  Jr.  1973.  Western Atlantic  shrimps of the
         genus Splenocera with description of a new species  (Crustacea:
         Decapoda: Penaeidae).  Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology No.
         153, 33 pp.

 Felder   D  F.  1973.  Crabs and lobsters from coastal waters of the north-
         western Gulf of Mexico,   Louisiana State  University, Baton  Rouge,
          Louisiana.  103 pp.
                                       178

-------
 Heard, R. W.  1979.  Callianassa (Callichirus) acanthochrius (Stimpson, 1866)
         (Crustacea: Decapoda: Thalassinidea) from the Coastal Waters of
         Alabama.  Northeast Gulf Science, Vol. 3, No. 1, pp. 51-52.

 Holthuis, L. B.  1952.  A general revision of the Palaemonidae (Crustacea:
         Decapoda: Natantia) of the Americas.  II.  The subfamily Papaemonidae.
         Allan Hancock Foundation Publications No. 12: 396 pp. 55 pi.

 Leary, S. P.  1967.  The Crabs of Texas.  Bull. No. 43 Series VII, Coastal
         Fisheries.  Texas Parks and Wildlife Dept., Austin, Texas.  57 pp.

 Manning, R. B. and F. A. Chace, Jr.  1,971.  Shrimps of the family Processiade
         from the northwestern Atlantic Ocean (Curstacea: Decapoda: Caridea).
         Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology, No. 89, 41 pp.

 Pequegnat, L. H. arid R. W. Heard.  1979.  Synalpheus age!as, new species of
         snapping shrimp from the Gulf of Mexico and Bahama Islands (Decapoda:
         Caridea: Alpheidae).  Bulletin of Marine Science, Vol.  29, No. 1,
         pp. 110-116.

 Rathbun, M. J.  1918.  The grapsoid crabs of America.  Smithsonian Institu-
         tion, U.S. National  Museum Bulletin 97, 461  pp.

 Rathbun, M. J.  1925.  The spider crabs of America.   Smithsonian Institution
         U.S. National Museum Bulletin 129, 613 pp.

 Rathbun, M. J.  1930.  The Cancroid crabs of America of the families
         Euryalidae, Portunidae, Atelecyclidae, Cancridae and Xanthidae.
         Smithsonian Institution U.S. National  Museum Bulletin 152, 609 pp.

Wass, M. L.  1955.  Key to the Decapod Crustacea of the  Alligator Harbor
        Area.  From:  Quart. Journ. Florida Acad. Sci.  18(3): 129-176.

Williams, A. B.   1965.   Marine Decapod Crustaceans of the Carolinas.
         Fishery Bull. 65(1), 298 pp.


                                   ISOPODA

Bowman, T. E. and B. F.  Morris.  1979.  Carpias  Richardson  1902,  A senior
        synonym of Bagatus nobili  1906, and the  validity of Carpias  minutus
         (Richardson 1902)  (Isopoda: Asellota:  Janiridae).  Proc.  Biol. Soc.
        Wash. 92(3), pp. 650-657.

Burbank,  W.  D.   1962.  An  ecological  study of the isopod Cyathura  polita
        (Stimpson) from  backish waters of Cape Cod,  Massachusetts. Amer.
        Midi. Nat., 67(2): 449-476.

Kensley,  B.   1979.  Redescription of Haliophasma  barnardi  (Monod)  from West
        Africa  (Crustacea: Isopoda: Anthuridae).   Proc.  Biol. Soc. Wash.,
        92(3):  658-664.
                                     179

-------
Kensley, B.  1979.  Redescription of Zonophryxus  trilobus  Richardson, with
        notes on the male and developmental  stages  (Crustacea:  Isopoda:
        Dajidae).  Proc. Biol. Soc.  Wash.,  92(3):  665-670.

Kruczynski, W. L. and 6. J. Myers.  1976.   Occurrence  of Apanthura magnifica
        Menzies and Frankenberg, 1966 (Isopoda: Anthuridae)  from  the west
        coast of Florida, with a key to the species of Apanthura  Stebbing,
        1900.  Proceedings of the Biological  Society of Washington.  89(28):
        353-360.

Kruczynski, W. L.  1976.  Artificial key to Isopods of Bid Bend.  In:  Tampa
        Electric Company 26th Quarterly Report on the  Big  Bend  Thermal and
        Ecological Surveys.  Contains 23rd  Quarterly Report by  Conservation
        Consultants, Inc., Benthic Studies  Section.  R. D. Garrity  (ed.),
        pp. 254-259.

Kruczynski, W. L. and R. J. Menzies.  1977.  Taxonomic status of  Synsynella
        hay and Bopyro pearse (Isopoda; Bopyridae).  Proc. Biol.  Soc. Wash.,
        19(48): 551-558.

Menzies, R. J.  1953.  The Apseudid Chelifera of the eastern tropical and
        north temperate Pacific Ocean.  Bulletin of the Museum  of Comparative
        Zoology, at Harvard Collect, 107(9): 443-496.

Menzies, R. J.  1957.  The marine borer family Limnoriidae (Crustacea,
        Isopoda).  Bull. Mar. Sci. Gulf and Caribbean, 7(2): 101-200.

Menzies, R. J. and D. J. Robinson.  1960.  Informe Sobre Los Isopodos
        Taladradores Marines  Colectados En El Oriente De Venezuela.
        Funaction La Salle De Ciencias Naturales Estacion De Investigaciones
        Marinas De Margarity, 56(2): 132-137.

Menzies, R. J.  1962.  The zoogeography, ecology and systematics  of the
        Chilean marine  isopods.   Lunds Univ. Arrsskr., N.F. Avd.  2,  57,
        No. 11, pp. 1-162, 51 figs.

Menzies, R. J. and D. Frankenberg.  1966.  handbook on the common marine
        Isopod Crustacea of Georgia.   University of Georgia Press, Athens,
        Georgia.  93 pp.

Menzies, R. J. and P. W. Glynn.   1968.  The common marine Isopod Crustacea
        of Puerto Rico.   From:   Studies on the fauna of Curacao and other
        Caribbean  Islands, Vol  27,  133 pp.

Menzies, R. J. and M. A. Miller.  1972.  Systematics and zoogeography of the
        genus  Synidotea  (Crustacea:  Isopoda) with  an account of Californian
        species.   Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology No. 102, 33 pp.

Monod,  T.   1926.   Les Gnathiidae, Essai Monographique.  (Morphologic,
        Biologie,  Systematique).  Mem. Soc. Sci. Nat. Maroc., 13: 1-667.
                                     180

-------
  Richardson, H.  1902.  The marine and terrestrial Isopods of the Bermudas;
         with descriptions of new genera and species.  Trans. Conn. Acad.,
         • W I • A J, »
 Richardson, H.  1904.  Contributions to the natural history of the Isopoda
         (First part).  Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 27: 1-89.

 Richardson, H.  1904.  Contributions to the natural history of the Isopoda
         (Second part).  Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., 27: 657-681.                '

 Richardson, H.  1905.  Monograph on the isopods of North America.   Bull.  U S
         Nat. Mus., 54:LIII-727.                                              '

 Robertson, P. B.  1978.  A new species of Asellote marine isopod,  Munna
         (Uromunna) hay^sj (Crustacea:  Isopoda)  from Texas.  Contr.TfTMar
         Sci., Vol . 21, pp. 39-46.

 Schultz, G. A.  1969.  The Marine Isopod  Crustaceans.   Wm. C.  Brown  Company
         Publishers,  Dubuque, Iowa.  359 pp.

 Schultz, G.  1979.  Aspects  of the distribution of Isopod Crustaceans in
         the Antarctic and  Southern Seas.   Bull. Biol.  Soc.  Wash. No  3
         pp. 60-66.

 Schultz, G. A.  1979.  Louisiana  and Panama  Canal  Locations and Ecology of
         Myna (Pangamunna Nov.  Subgen)  reynoldsi  Frankenberg and Menzies
         (Isopoda:  Asellota).   Proc. Biol.  Soc.  Wash.,  92(3), pp. 577-579.

                                   MYSIDACEA

 Brattegard,  T.  1969.  Marine Biological Investigations in the Bahamas.   10
         Mysidacea  from Shallow Water in the Bahamas and Southern Florida
         Part 1.  Sarsia, 39: 17-106.

 Brattegard,  T.  1970.  Marine Biological Investigations in the Bahamas.   11
         Mysidacea  from Shallow Water in the Bahamas and Southern Florida
         Part 2.  Sarsia, 41 : 1-35.

 Farrell, D.  H.  1979.  Guide to shallow-water Mysids from Florida.   Depart-
        ment of Environmental Regulation,  Technical Series, Vol. 4, No.  1,


Stuck, K  C., H. M. Perry and R.  W. Heard.   1979.  An annotated key to the
        Mysidacea of the North Central  Gulf of Mexico.   Gulf Research
        Reports, Vol. 6, No.  3, pp. 225-238.

Stuck, K. C., H. M. Perry and R.  W. Heard.   1979.  Records and  range  exten-
        sions of Mysidacea  from coastal  and shelf waters  of the Eastern Gulf
        of Mexico.   Gulf Research  Reports,  Vol.  6,  No.  3,  pp; 239-248
                                    181

-------
                                  OSTRACODA

D ,m*n  T  F  anrl I   S  Kornicker.  1967.  Two  New  Crustaceans:  The
Bowman, T . E .and 1;^™"%^    1s .nonothHX- (Choniostomatidae) and
        its MyodocopidOstracod Host (Parasterope Epjlex. Cyl indroleberidae).
        from the Southern New England Coast.   Proceedings of the National
        Museum.  Vol. 123, No. 2613, pp. 1-28.

Kornicker, L." S.  1967.  A study of .three species of Sars1ella.(0stracoda:
        Myodocopa).  Proc. U.S. National Museum, 122: 1-46.
                                         ™
         Publishign  Co., Houston.  435 pp.

                                 STOMATOPODA

 Camo  D  K.   1971.   Platvsquilla horoloali (Stomatopoda, Lysioquinidae), A
    Ps   new  species fr™thTGiiTf of Mexico, with an emendation of the
         generic definition.   Proc,  Biol . Soc. Wash., Vol. 84, No, 15, pp.
         119-128.

 Mann-inn  R  B   1969   A review of  the  genus Harpiosguilla  (Crustacea:
 Man   g>sLatoPoda), with descriptions of three new species.  Smithsonian
         Contributions to Zoology No.  36, 41  pp.

 Mann-inn  R  B   1971.  Keys to the  species of  Oratosguilla  (Crustacea:
       9>sLatopoda), with descriptions of two  new species.  Smithsonian
         Contributions to Zoology No.  71, pp. 1-16.
                                ECHINODERMATA

Agassiz, A.  1877.  North American Starfishes.
        Vol. V, .No. 1.
                                                 Mem. Mus. Comp. Zool.,
          Scientist 40(3):  254-255.

  Hark  H  L   1918.   Brittle-stars,  New and Old.  Bull . Museum at Comp. Zoo,
       '   at Harvard College.   62(6):  265-337, 8  plates.

  Hark  H  L   1925.   A catalog  of  the  recent sea  urchins  (Echinoidea) of
          the British  Museum.   British Museum of  Natural  History.

  Clark  H  L.  1942.  The Echinoderm fauna of Bermuda.  Bull.  Museum of
          Comparative Zool. of Harvard College,  89(8): 369-391.
                                       182

-------
        Coe, W. R.  1972.  Starfishes, serpent stars, sea urchins and sea cucumbers
                of the northeast.  Dover Publications, Inc., New York.  152 pp.

        Downey, M. E.  1973.  Starfishes from the Caribbean and the Gulf of Mexico.
                Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology.  No. 126, 158 pp.

        Fell, H. B.  1960.  Synoptic keys to the genera of Ophiuroidea.  Zoology
                Publications, Victoria University of Wellington, No. 26, 44 pp.

        Gray, I. E., M. E. Downey and M. J. Cerame-Vivas.  1968.  Sea stars of North
                Carolina.  Fishery Bull. Fish Wild!. Serv. U.S. 67(1): 127-163.

        Hess, S. C.  1978.  Guide to the commoner shallow-water Asteroids (starfish)
                of Florida, the Gulf of Mexico, and the Caribbean region.  University
                of Miami  Sea Grant Program.  Sea Grant Field Guide Series,  Number  7,
                September 1978.  37 pp.

        Mortensen, T.  1927.  Handbook of the Echinoderms of the British Isles.
                Oxford University Press, New York.   471  pp.

        Mortensen, T.  1928-1951.  A monograph of the Echinoidea.  15 vols.
                C. A. Reitzel  and Oxford University Press.

        Pawson, D. L.  1977.  Marine flora  and fauna of the  northeastern United
                States.  Echinodermata:  Holothuroidea.   NOAA Technical  Report NMFS
                Circular  405,  15 pp.

        Phelan, T.  1970.  A field guide to the Cidaroid  Echinoidea  of the  north-
                western Atlantic Ocean, Gulf of Mexico, and  the Caribbean Sea. 67 pp.
                Smithsonian Contributions to Zoology No.  40.

        Serafy, D. K.  1970.  A new species of Clypeaster from  the Gulf and Caribbean
                and a key to the species in the tropical  northwestern  Atlantic
                (Echinodermata).  Bull. Mar. Sci. 20(3):  662-677.

        Thomas, L.  1962.  The shallow water amphiurid  brittlestar (Echinodermata,
                Ophiuroidea) of Florida.  Bull.  Mar.  Sci.  12(4):  623-694.

        Thomas, L.  1964.  Amphiodia  atra (Stimpson)  and  Ophionema intricata
                Lutken, additions to  the shallow water Amphiurid  brittlestar fauna
                of Florida  (Echinodermata:  Ophiuroidea).   Bull, of Mar.  Sci. of the
                Gulf and  Caribbean.   14(1):  158-167.

        Thomas,  L.  P.   1965.   A  monograph of the Amphiurid brittlestars of the
                western Atlantic.   Ph.D. Dissertation, University of Miami, Coral
                Gables, Florida.

        Verrill, A.  E.  1895.   Distribution  of  the Echinoderms of northeastern
                America.  Am.  J.  Sci. 49: 127-141, 199-212.
                                            183
_

-------
                                  MOLLUSCA

Abbott, R. T.  1974.  American Seashells.  Van Nostrand Reinhold  Co.  663  pp.

Andrews, J.  1971.  Seashells of the Texas coast.   University of  Texas  Press,
        Austin, Texas.  298 pp.

Apprill, 6. H.  1974(7).  Common Sea Shells of Delaware.   Marine  Advisory
        Services, Sea Grant Program.

Boss, K. J.  1966.  The subfamily Tellininae in the western  Atlantic  -  the
        genus Tellina (Part I).  Western Atlantic,  Vol. 4, No. 45,  pp.  217-
        272 (Johnsonia, No. 45).

Boss, K. J.  1968.  The subfamily Tellininae in the western  Atlantic  -  the
        genus Tel 1ina (Part II) and Tellidora.  Johnsonia.  Western Atlantic,
        Vol. 4, No. 46, pp. 272-344.

Boss, K. J.  1969.  The subfamily Tellininae in the western  Atlantic  -  the
        genus Strigilla.  Johnsonia, Western Atlantic,  Vol.  4, No.  47,
        pp. 345-368.

Clench, W. J. (ed.).  Johnsonia;  Monographs of the marine mollusks of  the
        western Atlantic.  Volume I, No. 1-18, Volume III, No. 33-39, 1954-59,
        Volume IV, No. 40-48, 1960-70.  Botanical  Museum of  Harvard University
        Cambridge, Massachusetts Dept. of Mollusks, Museum of Comp. Zool.,
        Harvard University.

Emerson, W. K. and M. K. Jacobson.  1976.  The American Museum of Natural
        History Guide to Shells:  Land, Freshwater and  Marine, from Nova
        Scotia to Florida.  Alfred A. Knopf, New York,  484 pp.

Harry, H. W.  1969.  A review of the living Leptonacean bivalves  of the genus
        Aligena.  The Veliger, Vol. II, No. 3, pp.  164-181.

Heard, R. W.  1979.  Notes on the genus Probythinella Thiele, 1928
        (Gastropoda: Hydrobiidae) in the coastal  waters of the northern Gulf
        of Mexico and the taxonomic status of Vioscalba louisianae Morrion,
        1965.  Gull5 Research Reports, Vol. 6, No.  3, pp.  309-312.

Morris, P. A.  1973.  Field guide to shells of the Atlantic  and Gulf  coasts
        and the West Indies.  Houghton Miff!in Co., Boston,  Mass.  330  pp.

Perry, L. M. and J. S. Schwengel.  1955.  Marine shells of the western  coast
        of Florida.  Paleontological Research Institution, Ithaca,  New  York.
        318 pp.

Petuch, E. J.  1979.  New Gastropods from the Abrolhos  Archipelago  and-Reef
        Comples, Brazil.  Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash.,  92(3):  510-526.

Siekman, L.  Handbook of Florida Shells.  Great Outdoors  Publishing Co.,
        St. Petersburg.  48 pp.
                                     184

-------
 Treece, G. D.  1979.  Four new records  of Aplacophorous mollusks  from  the
         Gulf of Mexico.   Bulletin of Marine Science,  Vol.  29,  No.  3,
         pp. 344-364.

 Turgeon, D. D.   1968.   Guide to estuarine and  inshore bivalves of  Virginia.
         M.A. Thesis, School  of Marine Science.   The College of William and
         Mary in Virginia.

 Voss,  G.,  L. Opresko and  R.  Thomas.   1973..  The  potentially commercial
         species of octopus and squid  of Florida, the  Gulf of Mexico, and
         the Caribbean  Sea.   Sea Grant Field  Guide Series No. 2, University
         of Miami  Sea Grant Program,  33  pp.

 Warmke,  G.  L. and R. T. Abbott.   1962.   Caribbean Seashells. A guide to the
         marine  mollusks of Puerto  Rico  and other West  Indian Islands,
         Bermuda and the lower  Florida Keys.  Dover Publications, Inc.
         New York.   348 pp. with  plates.


                                 MINOR TAXA

 Alvarino, A.  A new species of Spadella  (benthic Chaetognatha).  Studies on
         the  Fauna of Curacoa and Other  Caribbean Islands, No. 125, pp. 73-89.

 Boaden,  P.  J. S.  1963.  Key to  the genera of marine Gastrotricha.  (ed.
         P.J.S.  Boaden, 1963.   Proc. Zoo!. Soc. London, 140(3):  485-502) pp. 3.

 Burton,  M.   1963.   A revision of the classification of the Calcareous sponges.
         British Museum of Natural History, London.   693 pp.

 Child, C. A.  1975.  Pycnogonida of Western Australia.  Smithsonian contri-
         butions to  Zoology, No. 190, 29  pp.

 Coe, W.  1951.  The Nemertean Faunas of  the Gulf of Mexico  and  Southern
         Florida.  Bull, of Mar. Sci. of  the Gulf and Caribbean, 1(3):  149-186.

 Correa,  Diva Diniz.  1954.  Nemerteans from Curacao.   Studies on  the Fauna
        of Curacao and  other Caribbean Island,  No.  75, pp.  41-56.

 Correa, D. D.  1960.  The  Turbellarian Hofstenia  Miamia in. the  Caribbean Sea.
        Studies  on the  Fauna  of Curacao  and Other Caribbean  Islands,  No. 74,
        pp. 38-40.

Correa, D. D.  1961. Nemerteans from Florida and Virgin  Islands.   Bull. Mar.
        Sci. 11(1): 1-43.

Cutler, E. B.  1977. Marine  flora and fauna  of the northeastern United
        States,  Sipuncula.  NOAA Technical  Report NMFS Circular 403.  7 pp.
                                    185

-------
de Laubenfels, M. W.   1947.   Ecology  of  the sponges of a brackish water
        environment at Beaufort,  North Carolina.  Ecol. Monogr. 17(1): 31-46.

de Laubenfels, M. W.   1959.   The  sponges of Woods Hole and adjacent waters.
        Bull. Mar. Comp. Zool.  Harv.  103(1):  3-35.

de Laubenfels, M. W.   1953.   A  guide  to  the sponges of eastern North America.
        Spec. Publ. Mar. Lab. Univ. Miami.

de Laugenfels, M. W.   1955.   Porifera.   In:   Treatise on Invertebrate
        Paleontology.  R. C. Moore (ed.) Part E.  pp. 21-122.  Geol. Sco.
        Amer. and Univ. of Kansas.

Dendy, A. and W. H. Row.  1913.  The  classification and phylogeny of the
        calcareous sponges;  with  a reference  list of all the described
        species, systematically arranged.  Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond, pp. 704-813.

Harrison, F. W. and R. W. Cowden.  1976.  Aspects of sponge biology.  Academic
        Press, New York.  354 pp.

Hedgpeth, J. W.  1948.  The Pycnogonida  of the western north Atlantic and
        the Caribbean.  Proc. U.S. Nat.Mus.,  Vol. 97, pp.  157-342.

Hedgpeth, J. W.  1954.  Checklist of Scyphozoa of the Gulf of  Mexico, (ex.
        Gulf of Mexico ~ Its Origin, Waters, and Marine Life, Fishery
        Bulletin 89, 1954).

Hope, W. D. and D. G. Murphy.  1972.   A taxonomic hierarchy and  checklist of
        the genera and higher taxa of marine  nematodes.  Smithson.  Contrib.
        Zool. 137: 1-101.

Little, F. J., Jr.  Artificial  key to species of sponges of the  upper Gulf
        coast of  Florida.  Tulane Studies in  Zoology, 11:  66-69,,

McCaul, W. E.  1963.  Rhynchocoela:  Nemerteans from marine and  estuarine
        waters of Virginia.  J. Elisha Mitchell Scientific Soc.  79(2):  11-124.

Reinhard, E. G.  1942.  On Stereobalanus canadensis.  Washington Academy of
        Sciences, Wash. D.C. Journal  32: 309-310 (10-15-42).

Riser, N. W. and M.  P. Morse (eds.).  1974.  Biology  of the Turbellaria.
        McGraw-Hill  Book Company, New York.  530 pp.

Shier, D. E.  1964.  Marine Bryozoa from northwest  Florida.   Bull.  Marine
        Sci. Gulf &  Carib. 14(4): 603-662.

Wells, H. W., M.  J.  Wells and  I.  E. Gray.  1960.  Marine sponges of North
        Carolina.  J.  Elisha Mitchell Scient. Soc.  76:  200-245.

Wieser., W.   1953.  Free-living marine nematodes.  I.  Enoploidea.  Acta
        Univ. Lund.  (N.F. 2) 49(6): 1-155.
                                    186

-------
Wieser, W.  1954.  Free-living marine  nematodes.   II.  Chromadoroidea.  Acta
        Univ. Lund.  (N.S.)  59(16):  1-148.

Wieser, W.  1956.  Free-living marine  nematodes.   III.  Axonolaimoidea and
        Monhysteroidea.   Acta. Univ. Lund.  (N.S.)  53(13): 1-115.
                                   187

-------
                         INDEX TO SCIENTIFIC NAMES
abdita, Ampelisca, 9, 97
abditus, Amphioplus, 10, 121
Abra, 7, 35
Acanthohaustorius, 9, 95
acherusicum. Corophium. 10, 99
Acteocina. 7, 24
Acteocinidae, 7, 24
Acteon, 7, 24
Acteonidae, 7, 24
Actiniaria, 6,130 , 135
Actinostolidae, 6, 137
acuminata, Neanthes, 8, 57
acutirostris, Leucon. 9, 85
Aegathoa, 9, 89
aequalis, Abra, 7, 35
Aglaphamus, 8, 57
Aktedrilus. 8, 48
alba, Lysianopsis, 9, 97
Albuneidae, 10, 80, 109
almyra, Mysidopsis, 9, 85
Alpheidae, 10. 78, 103
Alpheus.  10, 105
Ambidexter, 10, 107
americ-anus, Periclimenes,  10,  103
americana, Glycera, 8, 57
Ampelisca, 9, 97
Ampeliscidae, 9,  76, 97
Amphilochidae, 9; 77, 99
Amphioplus, 10, 123
AmphiPholis, 10,  ,121
Amphipoda, 9, 73, 91
Ampithoidae, 9, 76, 99
amphitrite, Balanus, 9, 699 83
Amphiuridae, 10,  121
Amygdalum, 7, 29
Anachis,  7, 20
Anadara,  7, 27
Anaplodact.ylus, 8,  113
Ancistrosyllis, 8,  53
angiilatum, Epi torn'urn,  6,  16
Annelida, 8, 43
Anthenaria,  6,  135
Anthozoa, 6, 130, 135
Anthuridae, 9, 72, 87
Anthuridea, 9, 72, 87
antillarum, Haminoea, 7, 24
antillensis. Sphem'a. 7, 39
Aoridae, 9, 76, 97
Apanthura, 9, 87
apicina, Marqinella, 7, 22
aquilonaris, Persephona
  punctata. 10, 109
Arbacia, 10, 119
Arbaciidae, 101
Arbacioida, 10, 116, 119
architecta. Phoronis, 6, 139
Arcoida, 7, 27
Arcidae, 7, 27, 47
arenae. Phyllodoce. 8, 51
Argissa, 9, 95
Argissidae, 9, 75, 95
Arthropoda, 8, 67
articulatus. Astropecten, 10, 116
Ascidiacea, 10, 134, 141
Asellota,  9, 73,  91
Asteriodea, 10, 115, 116
Asteropectinidae,  10,  116
Astropecten,  10,  116
Athecata,  6,  130, 135
Athenaria,  6
atlantica,  Callianassa,  10,  107
atra,  Micropholis.  10,  121,  125
Atrina, 7,  29
Atylidae,  9,  76,  95
Autplytus,  8,  55
Automate,  10,  103

Balanidae,  9,  69, 83
Balanus,  9, 69, 83
barnardi,  Listrella, 9,  93
Basommatophora, 7,  24
bassi, Sigambra,  8,  53,  55
Batea, 9,  93
Bateidae,  9,  74
bigelowi,  Mysidopsis,  9,  85
Bivalvia,  7,  26
                                    188

-------
 boa,  Stenelais,  8,  49
 Bodotriidae,  9,  85
 bonm'eroides, Grandidierella.  9,  97
 Bostri chobranchus.  10,  134,  141
 BowmanieHa.  9,  83
 Brachidontes. 7,  27
 Brachiopoda,  6,  129,  132,  139
 braslliensis, Erichthonius,  10,  101
 brevitelson.  Xenanthura, 9,  89
 Buccinidae, 7, 20

 Caecidae,  6,  14
 Caecum,  6,  14, 15
 Callianassa.  10,  107
 Callianassidae,  10, 79,  107
 Campanularidae,  6
 Campanulinidae,  6
 campechiensis. Mercenaria. 7
 canadensis. Stereobalanus. 10, 141
 canaliculata, Acteocina. 7,  24
 Caprellida, 47
 Cardlidae, 7, 31
 caribaea. Corbula.  7, 39
 catharinensis. Batea. 9, 93
 celata.  Cliona, 6,  135
 Cephalaspidea, 7, 24
 Cephalocarida, 8, 68, 81
 Cephalochordata,  129
 Cerapus. 9, 99
 Ceriantharia, 6,  130, 137
 Cerianthus. 6, 137
 Cerithidea. 6, 16
 chaetopterana. Pinnixa. 10,  111
 Chaetopteridae, 8, 47, 63
 Chaetopterus. 8,  63
 Chordata, 10, 129, 133, 141
 Chrysopetalidae,  8, 45, 51
 Circulus, 6,  14
 Cirripedia, 9, 69, 83
 clathrata. Luidia. 10, 119
 Clavidae, 6
 Cliona, 6, 135
 Clionidae, 6,  129, 135
 C1yc1ostremonscus. 6
 Clypeasteroida, 10, 116, 121
 Cnidaria, 6, 130, 135
 Coelenterata,  6,  129,  130,  135
 coffeus, Melampus, 7,  24
Columbellidae, 7, 20
compechiensis, Mercenaria.  7, 37
compta, Cymadusa, 9, 99
conradi, Turbonilla. 7,  22
 costarum, Splochaetopterus,  8,  63
 constrictus.  Trachypeneus, 10,  101
 contracta, Corbula,  7,  39
 Corbula.  7, 39
 Corbulidae, 7, 39
 corona.  Melongena,  7,  20
 Corophiidae,  10,  77, 99
 Corophlum. 10, 77,  99,  101
 costata,  Cyrtopleura.  7, 39
 Crassatellidae,  7,  31
 Crassinella.  7,  31
 Crassostrea.  7,  29
 crenulata, Nucula,  7,  27
 Crepidula. 6,  18
 Crepidulidae,  6,  18
 cristata, Plsta.  8,  65
 Crustacea, 8,  81
 culveri,  Laeonereis. 8,  55
 Cumacea,  9, 71, 85
 Cume1 la,  9, 85
 cuprea. Diopatra. .8, 59
 Cyathura. 9, 87
 Cyclaspis. 9,  85
 Cylindroleberididae, 9,  81
 Cyclinella, 7, 37
 Cyclostremoscus,  6,  14
 Cymadusa. 9, 99
 Cymodoce. 9, 91
 cypris. Parametopella. 9,  93
 Cyrenoida.  7,  29
 Cyrenoididae,  7, 29
 Cyrtopleura, 7, 39
 Cytherideidae, 9, 81

 Decapoda,  10,  77, 101
 Demospongiae,  6, 129, 135
 dlanae. Dynamenella, 9,  91
 Diastylidae, 9, 87
 dibranchiata. Glycera, 8, 57
 Dinocardium. 7, 31
 Diopatra.  8, 69
 discus, Dosinia, 7,  37
 dissimilis, Bowmaniella, 9, 83
 divisus.Tagelus. 7, 37
 Dosinia.  7, 37
 Dotoidae,  7, 24
 Dreissenidae,  7, 37
 duplicatus. Polinices. 6, 18
 Dynamenella. 9, 91

 Echinaster, 10, 119
Echinasteridae, 10,  119
                                   189

-------
Echinodermata, 10, 115
Echinoidea, 10, 116, 119
Edotea, 9, 89
edwardsi, Monoculodes, 9, 95
Edwardsja, 6, 135
Edwardsiidae, 6, 135
Elasmopus, 9, 93
elongata, Hemipholis, 10, 125
empusa, Squill a, 9, 70, 83
Ensis, 7, 33
Enteropneusta, 10, 133, 141
Epitoniidae, 6, 16
Epitonium, 6, 16
eremita, Onuphis, 8, 61
Erichsonella, 9, 89
Ericthom'us, 10, 101
Eteone. 8, 51
Euceramus, 10, 109
Eudesmodontida, 8, 41
Eulalia, 8, 51
Eumida, 8, 51
Eunice, 5, 59
Eudendriidae, 6
Eunicidae, 8, 46
Euplana, 6, 137
Eupleura, 6, 20
Exogone, 8, 55
exustus, Brachidontes,  7, 27

faxoni, Cymodoce, 9,  91
faxoni, Lucifer,  10,  103
filiformis, Erichsonella. 9, 89
filograneus, Ophiophragmus,  10,  127
floridana, Cvrenoida. 7, 29
floridana, Lightjell a,  9, 68, 81
floridana, Lyonsia  hyalina,  8, 41
floridanus, Trichophoxus, 9, 95
foliosus, Scoloplos,  8,  63
forceps, LeptaTpheus,  10,  105
fornicata, Crepidula 6,  18
fragilis, Phvllodoce.  8, 51
fragilis, Mactra,  7,  31

galathinus,  Petrolisthes,  10, 102
Gammaridae,  9,  74,  91
Gammaridea,  9,  73,  91
Gammarus,  9,  91
garriti,  Cumella,  9,  85
Gastropoda,  6,  11
Gitanopsis,  9,  99
Glottidia,  6,  129,  139
glycera,  8,  58
Glyceridae, 8, 46, 57
Glycinde, 8, 59
Glycymeriidae, 8, 133,  139
Glycymeris, 7, 27
Golfingiidae, 8, 133, 139
Goniadidae, 8, 46, 59
gracilis, Euplana, 6, 137
gracillima, Micropholis, 10, 125
Grandidierella. 9, 97
Gyptis, 8, 53

Hadromerida, 6, 129, 135
Haminoea, 7, 24
Haminoeidae, 7
Haplocytherida. 9, 81
Haplotaxida, 8, 48, 65
Harmothoe, 8, 49
Harrimaniidae,  10, 133, 141
Haustoriidae, 9, 75, 95
hayesi, Munna.  9, 91
helicoidea. Vitrinella, 6, 14
Hemichordata, 10, 129,  133, 141
Hemipholis,  10,  125
hemphilli, Strombiformis., 6, 18
herbstii, Panopeus,  10, 111
Hesionidae, 8,  45, 53
heteropoda, Eteone. 8,  51
heteroseta. Paleanotus, 8, 51
heterobranchia,  Prionospig, 8, 61
hippolyte.  10,  107
Hippolytidae,  10, 79,  105
hobsonae, Travisia, 8,  65
holmesil, Ampelisca, 9, 97
Hutchinsoniella,  8,  68
hyalina,  Lyonsia, 8, 41
Hydrozoa,  6,  131, 135

Idoteidae,  9,  72, 89
imbricatum,  Caecum,  6,  14
impressa,  Odostomia, 7, 22
Inarticulata,  6,  132,  139
irrorata,  Littorina, 6,  11
isabelensis,  Erichsonella
   filiformis.  9,  89
Isopoda,  9,  72, 87

johnsoni, Caecurru 6, 16
johnstonei,  Melongena  corona,  7,  20
jonesi,  Ancistrosyllis, 8,  53
                                     190

-------
 lacustre, Corophium, 10, 101
 laepnereis. 8, 55
 LaevicardTum, 7, 31
 lateral is, Musculus. 7, 27
 lateralls. Mulinia. 7, 31
 Latreutes, 10, 105
 Lembos, 9, 97
 Lepidopa. 10, 109
 Leptalpheus,  10, 105
 Leptonidae, 7, 31
 Leptoplanitae, 6
 lerema, Tei nostoma, 6, 14
 Leucgn, 9, 85
 Leuconidae, 9, 109
 leucpphaeata, Mytilopsis, 7, 37
 Leucosiidae,  10, 80
 Leucothoidae, 9, 75, 95
 leucothoe, 9, 95
 levis,  Elasmppus. 9, 93
 Llghtiella. 9, 68, 81
 ligni,  Pplydpra, 8, 61
 Liljeborgiidae,  9, 74
 limlcola. Ogyrides, 10, 105
 Limnodriloides.  8, 48
 Limulidae, 8, 114
 LI mul .us,  8, 114
 lineata,  Tel Una, 7, 33
 Lingulida, 6, 132, 139
 Lingulidae, 6, 139
 Listriella, 9, 93
 Llttorina. 6, 14
 Littorlnidae, 6,  14
 Lophogastrida, 71
 Ipuisianum, Corpphium.  10, 101
 Lucifer,  10,  103
 Lucina, 7,  29
 Lucinidae,  7,  29
 Luidia. 10, 119
 Luidiidae,  10, 119
 Lumbrineridae, 8,  46,. 61
 Lurnprineris,  8,  61
 lunata, Metre11 a,  7, 20
 lunulata.  Crassinena.  7, 31
 Lutepla,  Parahesione, 8,  53
 Lyonsia,  8, 41
 Lyonsiidae, 8, 41
 Lysianassidae, 9, 76, 97
 Lysianopsis,  9, 97
 Lytechinus. 10,  119

 Macprna, 7, 35
macracantha,  Hutchinspm'ella. 8, 68
 Macrpcallista, 7, 37
 Mactra, 7, 31
 Mactridae, 7, 31
 maculpsa, Crepidula, 6, 18
 magellanica, Nephtys. 8, 57
 magnifica, Apanthura, 9, 87
 Malacpstraca, 9, 69, 83
 margaritaceum, Periplpma. 8, 41
 Marginella, 7, 22
 Marginellidae, 7, 22
 Marphysa. 8, 59
 Melampidae, 7, 24
 Melampus, 7, 24
 Melanella, 6, 16
 Melita, 9, 93, 121
 Melitidae, 9, 74, 93
 Mellanellidae, 6, 16
 Mellitidae, 10, 121
 Mellita,  10, 121
 Melpngena, 7, 20
 Melpngenidae, 7, 20
 Menippe.  10, 109
 Mercenaria, 7, 37
 mercenaria. Menjppe,  10,  109
 Merpstpmata, 8, 114
 Mespgastrpppta, 6, 14
 Micrpdeutppus. 97
 MicrpphPlis, 10, 121,  125
 minpr,  Ensis. 7, 33
 mi nuta, Stenothoe, 9,  93
 Mitrella.  7, 20
 Mplgula,  10, 129, 134,  141
 Mplgulidae,  10,  134
 Mollusca,  6, 19
 Mpnoculpdes.  9,  95
 rnpripspermatnecus, Aktedrilus. 8, 48
 rnpntpsa.  Edotea.  9, 89
 mprtpni,  Laevicardiuni,  7, 31
 rnucrpnatus.  Garnmarus. 9,  91
 Mulinia,  7,  31
 tnu.lt 1 lineata,  Parvilucina. 7, 29
 Munna. 9,  91
 Munnidae,  9,  91
 Muricidae,  7,  20
 Musculus,  7,  27
 Myidae, 7, 39
 Mypdpcppina,  9, 68, 81
 Mypida, 7, 39
Mysella, 7,  31
Mysida, 9, 71
Mysidacea, 9, 70, 83
                                   191

-------
Mysidae, 9, 83
M.vsidopsis. 9, 85
Mytilidae, 7, 27
Mytiloida, 7, 27
Myt1.1op.s1s, 7, 27

naglei, Rudilemboides, 9, 99
Nannastacidae, 9, 85
Nassariidae, 7, 22
Nassarius. 7, 22
nassula, Lucina, 7, 29
Natantia, 10, 78
Natica, 6, 20
Naticidae, 6, 18
Nebalia. 9, 83
Nebaliacea, 9, 70, 83
Neanthes, 8, 57
Nematoda, 6, 129, 132, 139
Nemertea, 131
Neopanope, 10, 109
Nephtyidae, 8, 46, 57
Nephtys. 8, 57
Nereididae, 8, 45, 55
Nereis, 8, 55
nimbosa, Macrocallista, 7, 37
nitIda. Melita, 9, 93
nitidum, Caecum, 6, 16
normanl, Alpheus, 10, 105
Notoropus, 9, 95
Nucula, 7, 27
Nuculidae, 7, 27
Nudibranchia, 7, 24
nyei, Monoculodes, 9, 95

obesa,  Anachis, 7, 20
occidental is, Molgula, 10, 129
oculata, Aegathoa. 9, 89
oculata, Onuphis erem.it a, 8, 61
oculatus, Spipchaetopterus, 8, 63
Odostomia. 7, 22
Oedicerotidae, 9, 75, 95
Ogyrididae, 10, 79, 105
Ogyrides, 10, 105
Oligochaeta, 8, 47, 65
Oliva,  7, 22
Olivella. 7, 22
Olividae, 7, 22
Onuphidae, 8, 46, 59
Onuphis, 8, 61
Ophelida, 8
Opheliidae, 8, 47, 65
Ophiurida, 10, 116, 121,  123
Ophiuroidea, 10, 116, 121
Ophiophragmus, 10, 127
Opisthobranchia, 79 24
Orbiniidae, 8, 47
Orbiniida, 8, 47, 63
Ostracoda, 9, 68, 81
Ostreidae, 7, 29
Oxyurostylis, 9, 87 :

Paguridae, 10, 80, 109
Palaemonidae, 10, 78, 103
Paleanotus, 8, 51
Panopeus, 10, 111
Pantopoda, 8, 113
papyri urn, Aynygdalurn, 7, 27
Parahesipne, 8, 53
Parametope.ila, 9, 93
Paranthus, 6, 137
Paraphoxus, 9, 95
Paraprionospip, 8, 61
Parastarte, 7, 39
Parasterope, 9, 81
Para.vilu.cina> 7, 29
parvulus, Latreutes, 109 105
Paxillosida, 10, 115, 116
pectinata, Glycymeris, 7, 27
Penaeidae, 10, 78, 101
pentagonus, Cyclostremoscus. 6, 14
Periclimenes, 10,  103
Periploma, 8, 41
Periplomatidae, 8, 41
perplexa. Olivella.  7, 22
Persephona. 10, 109
perspectivum, Sinum, 6, 18
Petrolisthes, 10,  107
pettiboneae, Spip, 8, 63
Phascolion, 8,  139
Pholadidae, 7, 39
Phorpnida, 6, 129, 132, 139
Phprpnis, 6, 139
Phoxichilidiidae,  8, 113
Phoxocephalidae, 9,  75
Phyllpdpce. 8, 51
PhyllPdpcida, 8, 44, 49
Phyllodocidae, 8,  45
Pilargiidae, 8, 45,  53
pilularis, Bostrichobranchus,  10, 134, 141
pinnata,  Paraprionospio, 8, 61
Pinnidae, 7, 29
Pinnixa,  10,  111
Pinnotheridae,  10, 80, 111
                                    192

-------
  Pisania.  7,  20
  Pista. 8, 65
  plana. Crepidula. 6,  18
  Platyasterida,  10,  115,  119
  Platyhelminthes, 6, 129, 131,  137
  planulata. Mysella. 7, 31
  plebius. Tagelus. 7,  37
  Pleurogona,  10, 134,  141
  Podoceridae, 10, 77,  101
  Podocerus. 10,  101
  Podocopida, 9,  68, 81
  Polinices. 6, 18
  polita. Cyathura. 9, 87
  pollex. Parasterope. 9, 81
  Polychaeta, 8, 43
  Polycladida, 6, 131, 137
  Polydora. 8, 61
 Polynoidae, 8, 44,  49
 Polyphemus. Limulus. 8, 114
 Porcellanidae, 10,  79, 107
 Porifera, 6, 129,  135
 Potamididae, 6, 16
 praelongus.  Euceramus. 10,  109
 Prionodesmata,  7,  27
 Prionospio.  8,  61
•Processidae,  10, 79, 107
 Protobranchia,  7,  11,  27
 Pteriomorphia,  7, 27
 Pterioida,  7,  29
 pulchellunu  Caecum,  6, 16
 Pulmonata,  7,  24
 punctata.  persephona.  10,  109
 punctostn'atus.  Acteon. 7,  24
 punctulata. Arbacia.  10,  119
 pusilla.  Natica. 6,  20
purpurascens. Semele.  7,  35
 Pycnogonida,  8,  113
 pygmaeus. Anaplodactvlus. 8, 113
 pyramidata. Glotlldia. 6, 129
 Pyramidellidae,  7, 22
 Pyramidellaida,  7, 22

guadridentatum.  Sphaeroma. 9, 91
guinquiesperforata. Melllta. 10, 121
guintana. Llstrella. 9, 93

Remitedia, 9, 68
Reptantia, 10, 79, 107
retlnens. Pinnixa. 10, 111
Rhynchocoela, 6, 129, 131, 137
rigida.  Atrina. 7,  29
robustum. Dinocardlum. 7,  31
  rubra.  Scoloplos. 8, 65
  RudiTemboides. 9, 99        ,
  rupicola. Epitonium. 6,  16

  sangulnea. Eumida. 8, 51
  sanguinea, Marphysa. 8,  59
  Sarsiellidae, 9, 81
  Sarsiella. 9, 81
  sayana. Ollva. 7, 22
  sayana. Pinnixa. 10, 111
  scalariformis. Cerithldea. 6, 16
  Scoloplos, 8, 63, 65
  Semele, 7, 35
  Semelidae, 7, 35
  seminuda, Atrina. 29
  semiplicata. Anachis. 7, 20
 Sergestidae, 10,  78, 103
 setipunctata. Haplocythen'da. 9, 81
 Sigalionidae, 8,  44
 slgambra, 8, 53,  55
 Sinum,  6, 18
 Sipuncula, 8, 132,  139
 Sipunculida,  129
 smithi.  Lembos,  9,  97
 smithi,  Oxyurostylis. 9,  87
 social is.  Polydora.  8,  61
 Solecurtidae, 7,  37
 Solenidae, 7, 33
 solitaria. Glycinde.  8
 Sphaeroma, 9, 91
 Sphaeromidae, 9,  73,  91
.Sphenia.  7, 39
 spinosus.  Paraphoxus. 9,  95
 Spinulosida,  10,  115, 119
 spinulosus. Echinaster.  119
 Spio. 8, 63
 Spiochaetopterus. 8, 63
 Spionida,  8,  46,  59
 Spionidae, 8, 47, 61
 sguamata.  Amphipholis. 10, 123
 Sguilla. 9, 70, 83
 Squillidae, 9, 83
 Stenethoe. 9, 93
 Stenothoidae, 9, 49, 74, 93
 Stenelais. 8, 49
 Stomatopoda, 9, 70,  83
Strombi. Phascolion. 8,  139
Strombiformis. 6,  18
 stylochidae, 6, 137
StylQchus. 6,  137
                                   193

-------
sulcidentata, Eupleura, 6, 20
suppressus, Circulus, 6, 14
succinea, Haminoea, 7, 24
succinea, Nereis, 8, 55
swiftiana, Corbula, 7, 39
Syllidae, 8, 45, 55
symmetricus, Ambidexter, 10, 107

Tagelus, 7, 37
Tanaidacea, 9, 71, 87
Teinostoma, 6, 14
Tellina, 7, 33
Tellinidae, 7, 33
Temnopleurida, 10, 116, 119
tenta, Macoma, 7, 35
tentaculata, Sigambra, 8, 55
tenuis,  Cyclinella, 7, 37
Terebellida, 8, 47, 65
Terebellidae, 8, 47,  65
texana,  Neopanope, texana,  10,  109
Thecata, 6,  130, 135
Thenaria,  6, 137
Thoracica,  9, 69,  83
thrombodes,  Amphioplus,  10,  123
tincta,  Pisania, 7,  20
Toxopneustidae,  10,  119
Trach.ypeneus. 101
transversa, Anadara,  7,  27
-Travisia,  8, 65
Trichophoxus, 9,  95
Trilobitomorpha,  72
triquetra, Parastarte,  7, 39
Tubificidae, 8, 48,  65
Tubificoides, 8
Turbellaria, 6, 131, 137
Turbonilla, 7,  22
T.vposyllis, 8,  55

 Urochordata, 10, 134

 Valvifera, 9,  72, 89
 vanhyningi, Dinocardium
   robustum, 7,  31
 varians, Cyclaspis. 9, 85
 variegatus, Lytechinus, 10, 119
 variopedatus, Chaetopterus, 8, 63
 Veneridae, 7, 37
 Veneroida, 7, 29
 verrilli, Aglaopharnus, 8, 57
 versicolor, Tellina, 7, 33
 vibex, Nassarius, 7, 22
 virginica, Crassostrea, 7, 29
Vitrinella, 6, 14
Vitrinellidae, 6, 14
vittata, Gyptis, 8, 53

wasselli. Tubificoides, 8, 48
websteri, Lepidopa, 10, 109
winkelmannj, LimnodriloMei, 8, 48
wurdemani, Ophiophragmus, 10, 127

Xanthidae, 10, 80, 109
Xenahthura, 9, 89
Xiphosura, 8
Xiphosurida, 8,  114

zostericola, HippQlyte. 10,  107
zostericol a, Sarsiella> 9, 81
                                      194
                - M6-116/20756

-------